TYSON FOODS, INC. (TSN)
SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > Food And Kindred Products > SIC 2015 Poultry Slaughtering and Processing
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=100493. Latest filing source: 0000100493-25-000095.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 54,441,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-10 |
| Net income | 474,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-10 |
| Assets | 36,658,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-10 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2025-11-10. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000100493.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 36,881,000,000 | 38,260,000,000 | 40,052,000,000 | 42,405,000,000 | 43,185,000,000 | 47,049,000,000 | 53,282,000,000 | 52,881,000,000 | 53,309,000,000 | 54,441,000,000 |
| Net income | 1,768,000,000 | 1,774,000,000 | 2,970,000,000 | 1,980,000,000 | 2,061,000,000 | 3,047,000,000 | 3,238,000,000 | -648,000,000 | 800,000,000 | 474,000,000 |
| Operating income | 2,833,000,000 | 2,921,000,000 | 2,969,000,000 | 2,770,000,000 | 3,008,000,000 | 4,396,000,000 | 4,410,000,000 | -395,000,000 | 1,409,000,000 | 1,098,000,000 |
| Gross profit | 4,697,000,000 | 5,062,000,000 | 5,096,000,000 | 5,022,000,000 | 5,384,000,000 | 6,526,000,000 | 6,668,000,000 | 2,631,000,000 | 3,627,000,000 | 3,562,000,000 |
| Diluted EPS | 4.53 | 4.79 | 8.04 | 5.40 | 5.64 | 8.34 | 8.92 | -1.87 | 2.25 | 1.33 |
| Operating cash flow | 2,716,000,000 | 2,599,000,000 | 2,963,000,000 | 2,513,000,000 | 3,874,000,000 | 3,840,000,000 | 2,687,000,000 | 1,752,000,000 | 2,590,000,000 | 2,155,000,000 |
| Capital expenditures | 695,000,000 | 1,069,000,000 | 1,200,000,000 | 1,259,000,000 | 1,199,000,000 | 1,209,000,000 | 1,887,000,000 | 1,939,000,000 | 1,132,000,000 | 978,000,000 |
| Dividends paid | 216,000,000 | 319,000,000 | 431,000,000 | 537,000,000 | 601,000,000 | 636,000,000 | 653,000,000 | 670,000,000 | 684,000,000 | 697,000,000 |
| Assets | 22,373,000,000 | 28,066,000,000 | 32,185,000,000 | 32,918,000,000 | 34,456,000,000 | 36,309,000,000 | 36,821,000,000 | 36,251,000,000 | 37,100,000,000 | 36,658,000,000 |
| Stockholders' equity | 9,608,000,000 | 10,541,000,000 | 13,016,000,000 | 14,235,000,000 | 15,254,000,000 | 17,723,000,000 | 19,702,000,000 | 18,133,000,000 | 18,390,000,000 | 18,085,000,000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 349,000,000 | 318,000,000 | 270,000,000 | 484,000,000 | 1,420,000,000 | 2,507,000,000 | 1,031,000,000 | 573,000,000 | 1,717,000,000 | 1,229,000,000 |
| Free cash flow | 2,021,000,000 | 1,530,000,000 | 1,763,000,000 | 1,254,000,000 | 2,675,000,000 | 2,631,000,000 | 800,000,000 | -187,000,000 | 1,458,000,000 | 1,177,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 4.79% | 4.64% | 7.42% | 4.67% | 4.77% | 6.48% | 6.08% | -1.23% | 1.50% | 0.87% |
| Operating margin | 7.68% | 7.63% | 7.41% | 6.53% | 6.97% | 9.34% | 8.28% | -0.75% | 2.64% | 2.02% |
| Return on equity | 18.40% | 16.83% | 22.82% | 13.91% | 13.51% | 17.19% | 16.43% | -3.57% | 4.35% | 2.62% |
| Return on assets | 7.90% | 6.32% | 9.23% | 6.01% | 5.98% | 8.39% | 8.79% | -1.79% | 2.16% | 1.29% |
| Current ratio | 1.77 | 1.55 | 1.22 | 1.26 | 1.79 | 1.55 | 1.81 | 1.34 | 2.04 | 1.55 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-04. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000100493.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022-Q3 | 2022-07-02 | 2.07 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q1 | 2022-12-31 | 0.88 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-04-01 | -0.28 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-07-01 | 13,140,000,000 | -417,000,000 | -1.18 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-09-30 | 13,348,000,000 | -450,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2023-12-30 | 13,319,000,000 | 107,000,000 | 0.30 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-03-30 | 13,072,000,000 | 145,000,000 | 0.41 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-06-29 | 13,353,000,000 | 191,000,000 | 0.54 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-09-28 | 13,565,000,000 | 357,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2024-12-28 | 13,623,000,000 | 359,000,000 | 1.01 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-03-29 | 13,074,000,000 | 7,000,000 | 0.02 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-06-28 | 13,884,000,000 | 61,000,000 | 0.17 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-09-27 | 13,860,000,000 | 47,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2025-12-27 | 14,313,000,000 | 85,000,000 | 0.24 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2026-Q2 | 2026-03-28 | 13,653,000,000 | 260,000,000 | 0.73 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0000100493-26-000020.
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated condensed financial statements and notes thereto included in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and within the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2025. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Segment Changes
We operate in five reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, Prepared Foods and International. We measure segment profit as segment operating income (loss). Previously, International was a non-reportable segment and was presented within International/Other. Effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2026, International was identified as a reportable segment.
Our President and Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") of the Company. Commencing in the first quarter of fiscal 2026, we no longer allocate corporate expenses and amortization to our segments as these items are no longer used by our CODM in assessing the performance of, and allocating resources to, the segments. Segment operating income (loss) is now defined as Operating Income (Loss) less corporate expenses and amortization to account for these changes. Corporate expenses are unallocated general and administrative costs, including the costs of corporate functions, that are shared across multiple segments. Amortization includes amortization generated from intangible assets including brands and trademarks, customer relationships, supply arrangements, patents and intellectual property, land use rights and software. All prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the new presentation of segment operating income (loss).
28
Description of the Company
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family leadership. The Company is unified by this purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like FamilyTM and has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®. Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality food to every table in the world, safely and affordably, now and for future generations. Some of the key factors influencing our business are customer demand for our products; the ability to maintain and grow relationships with customers and introduce new and innovative products to the marketplace; accessibility of international markets; market prices for our products; the cost and availability of live cattle and hogs, raw materials and feed ingredients; availability of team members to operate our production facilities; and operating efficiencies of our facilities.
Overview
General
Sales grew 4%, or $579 million, in the second quarter of fiscal 2026, driven by increased sales across all segments. Operating income of $435 million for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 was up $335 million as compared to the second quarter of fiscal 2025, as we experienced higher segment operating income in our Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods segments, partially offset by lower segment operating income in our Beef and International segments and increased corporate expenses. In the second quarter of fiscal 2026, our operating income was impacted by $46 million of restructuring and related charges and $16 million of legal contingency accruals. In the second quarter of fiscal 2025, our operating income was impacted by $343 million of legal contingency accruals, $43 million of restructuring and related charges, $23 million of plant closure and disposal charges and $6 million in brand and product line discontinuation charges.
Sales grew 5%, or $1,269 million in the first six months of fiscal 2026, driven by increased sales in all segments. Operating income of $737 million for the first six months of fiscal 2026 was up 8% compared to the first six months of fiscal 2025 as we experienced higher segment operating income in our Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods segments, partially offset by lower segment operating income for our Beef and International segments and increased corporate expenses. In the first six months of fiscal 2026, our operating income was impacted by $161 million of restructuring and related charges and $171 million of legal contingency accruals. In the first six months of fiscal 2025, our operating income was impacted by $343 million of legal contingency accruals, $116 million of restructuring and related charges, $23 million of plant closure and disposal charges and $12 million in brand and product line discontinuation charges.
Market Environment
According to the United States Department of Agriculture, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) increased slightly in the second quarter of fiscal 2026 as compared to the same period in fiscal 2025. The Beef segment continues to experience limited supply of market-ready cattle as well as increased cattle costs. Additionally, uncertainty exists regarding the timing of the anticipated cattle herd rebuilding. The Pork segment experienced sufficient supply of market-ready hogs and increased hog costs. The Chicken segment experienced reduced feed ingredient costs. The Prepared Foods segment is currently experiencing increased raw material costs primarily due to higher meat costs. Additionally, the International segment is currently experiencing increased raw material costs.
Geopolitical tensions in the Middle East, including heightened tensions involving Iran, have increased volatility in global energy and commodity markets, which may affect our cost structure, including transportation costs. Although these conditions have not had a material impact on our results to date, continued or heightened volatility could result in material impacts depending on the duration and severity of these conditions.
We are subject to changes in import and export policies, including trade restrictions, new or increased tariffs or quotas, and customs restrictions through our international sales and operations. Our exports account for less than 10% of our business, primarily composed of chicken leg quarters and paws, boxed beef and variety meats of all proteins. As a result of changes in trade policies and tariffs both domestically and internationally, we may experience some sales disruptions and other impacts associated with tariffs. There is uncertainty regarding the impact changes may have on the price and demand of our products in the affected countries, commodity pricing and other general economic conditions, and uncertainty in future changes that may have a material impact.
Margins
Our total operating margin was 3.2% in the second quarter of fiscal 2026. Segment operating margins were as follows:
•Beef – (4.6)%
•Pork – 2.6%
•Chicken – 11.8%
•Prepared Foods – 13.9%
•International – 6.6%
29
Strategy
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Our strategy is to deliver margins in the core protein business by driving efficiencies and valuing-up offerings to better serve consumers; grow branded portfolio by innovating new occasions, categories and channels; and scale in international markets by delivering profitable value-added food offerings in high growth categories.
Commencing in fiscal 2025, the Company initiated a network optimization plan to optimize our global operations and logistics network. In the second quarter and first half of fiscal 2026, the Company increased the estimated pretax charges by $38 million and $178 million, respectively, for additional actions approved to date under the network optimization plan. In the first quarter of fiscal 2026, the increase in estimated total pretax charges reflects network changes in the Beef segment, including the closure of a harvesting facility and the transition of another to a single shift, as well as efforts to reduce support costs across all segments and corporate functions. The increase in the second quarter primarily reflects the closure of a production facility in the Prepared Foods segment. As a result, we now expect to recognize total pretax net charges of $264 million for actions approved through March 28, 2026, which include $179 million of net charges that have resulted or will result in cash outflows and $192 million of non-cash charges, partially offset by a $107 million gain recognized from the sale of storage facilities. Additionally, we have received $296 million in proceeds associated with the sale of storage facilities to date. Through the second quarter of fiscal 2026, we have recognized $208 million of the expected total pretax charges and estimate $56 million of charges will be incurred over future periods, including $35 million during the remainder of fiscal 2026. We expect to incur costs related to the network optimization plan over a multi-year period and anticipate additional charges in the future as further actions are approved. For further description refer to Part I, Item I, Notes to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements, Note 5: Restructuring and Related Charges.
Summary of Results
Sales
| in millions | Three Months Ended | Six Months Ended | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| March 28, 2026 | March 29, 2025 | March 28, 2026 | March 29, 2025 | |||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 13,653 | $ | 13,074 | $ | 27,966 | $ | 26,697 | ||||||
| Change in sales volume | (2.3) | % | (1.3) | % | ||||||||||
| Change in average sales price | 4.1 | % | 5.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Sales growth | 4.4 | % | 4.8 | % |
Second quarter – Fiscal 2026 vs Fiscal 2025
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume, which accounted for a $311 million decrease in sales as decreased sales volume in our Beef and International segments was partially offset by increased sales volume in our Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods segments.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $547 million, driven by increases in all segments.
•The above change in average sales price excludes a $343 million reduction of Sales for the recognition of legal contingency accruals recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2025.
Six months – Fiscal 2026 vs Fiscal 2025
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume, which accounted for a $354 million decrease in sales as decreased sales volume in our Beef and International segments was partially offset by increased sales volume in our Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods segments.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $1,430 million, driven by increases in all segments.
•The above change in average sales price excludes a $150 million and $343 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals for the six months ended March 28, 2026 and March 29, 2025, respectively.
Cost of Sales
[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["in millions","Three Months Ended","","Six Months Ended"],["","March 28, 2026","","March 29, 2025","","March 28, 2026","","March 29, 2025"],["Cost of sales","$","12,691","","","$","12,474","","","$","26,196","","","$","25,002"],["Gross profit","962","","","600","","","1,770","","","1,695"],["Cost of sales as a percentage of sales","93.0","%","","95.4","%","","93.
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 for additional information related to fiscal 2023.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family leadership. The Company is unified by this purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like Family™ and has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®. Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality food to every table in the world, safely, and affordably, now and for future generations.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
Fiscal year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023.
General
Sales grew 2.1%, or $1.1 billion to $54.4 billion in fiscal 2025, largely due to higher average sales prices in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments, partially offset by $653 million of increased legal contingency accruals which reduced sales. We reported operating income of $1,098 million in fiscal 2025 as compared to an operating income of $1,409 million in fiscal 2024, as we experienced lower operating income in our Beef and Pork segments, partially offset by higher operating income in our Chicken and Prepared Foods segments and International/Other.
In fiscal 2025, our operating income was impacted by $738 million of legal contingency accruals, $343 million of goodwill and intangible impairments, $45 million of restructuring and related charges, $41 million of charges related to a product recall and $23 million related to brand and product line discontinuations. In fiscal 2024, our results were impacted by $182 million of plant closure and disposal charges, $174 million of legal contingency accruals and $31 million of restructuring and related charges.
Market Environment
According to the most recently published USDA data, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) decreased slightly in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The Beef segment continues to experience limited supply of market-ready cattle as well as increased cattle costs. Additionally, uncertainty exists regarding the timing of the anticipated cattle herd rebuilding. The Pork segment experienced sufficient supply of market-ready hogs and increased hog costs. The Chicken segment experienced reduced feed ingredient costs, but costs began to stabilize in the back half of fiscal 2025. The Prepared Foods segment is currently experiencing increased raw material costs primarily due to higher meat costs.
We are subject to changes in import and export policies, including trade restrictions, new or increased tariffs or quotas, and customs restrictions through our international sales and operations. Our exports account for less than 10% of our business, primarily composed of chicken leg quarters and paws, boxed beef and variety meats of all proteins. As a result of the recent changes in trade policies and tariffs both domestically and internationally, we may experience some sales disruptions and other impacts associated with tariffs. There is uncertainty regarding the impact the current changes will have on the price and demand of our products in the affected countries, commodity pricing and other general economic conditions, and uncertainty in future changes that may have a material impact.
Margins
Our total operating margin was 2.0% in fiscal 2025. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•Beef – (5.2)%
•Pork – (3.4)%
•Chicken – 8.5%
•Prepared Foods – 9.0%
24
Strategy
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Our strategy is to deliver margins in the core protein business by driving efficiencies and valuing-up offerings to better serve consumers; grow branded portfolio by innovating new occasions, categories and channels; and scale in international markets by delivering profitable value-added food offerings in high growth categories.
During fiscal 2025, the Company initiated a network optimization plan to optimize our global operations and logistics network. We anticipate recognizing total pretax charges of $86 million related to actions approved through September 27, 2025, which include $99 million that have resulted or will result in cash outflows and $94 million of non-cash charges, partially offset by $107 million gain recognized from the sale of storage facilities. Additionally, we received $252 million in proceeds associated with the sale of storage facilities during fiscal 2025. We expect to incur costs related to the network optimization plan over a multi-year period and anticipate additional charges in the future as further actions are approved.
In fiscal 2025, we recognized charges of $45 million related to the network optimization plan, which included a gain of $107 million from the sale of storage facilities. The charges primarily included the closure of two facilities in the Prepared Foods segment, a non-harvesting facility closure in the Beef segment, asset write-offs in the Chicken and Prepared Foods segments and International/Other as well as severance and related costs and contract and lease termination costs. For additional description refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
| Sales | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Sales | $ | 54,441 | $ | 53,309 | $ | 52,881 | ||||
| Change in sales volume | — | % | — | % | ||||||
| Change in average sales price | 3.3 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||||
| Sales growth | 2.1 | % | 0.8 | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales Volume – Volumes were essentially flat and resulted in a decrease of $10 million as decreased sales volume in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments were offset by increased sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $1,795 million, driven by increased pricing in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments, while pricing in our Chicken segment was relatively flat.
◦The above changes in average sales price exclude the impacts of $698 million and $45 million reductions of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Volumes were essentially flat and resulted in an increase of $19 million as increased sales volume in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments were mostly offset by decreased sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $298 million, driven by increased pricing in our Beef segment.
◦The above changes in average sales price exclude the impacts of $45 million and $156 million reductions of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively.
| Cost of Sales | in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 50,879 | $ | 49,682 | $ | 50,250 | |||
| Gross profit | 3,562 | 3,627 | |||||||
| Cost of sales as a percentage of sales | 93.5 | % | 93.2 | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Cost of sales increased $1,197 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales by $10 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales by $1,207 million.
•The $1,207 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in cattle costs of approximately $1,840 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $345 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in hog costs of approximately $295 million in our Pork segment.
•Increase of $43 million related to restructuring and related charges.
25
•Decrease of approximately $340 million in our Chicken segment related to decreased feed ingredient costs.
•Decrease of $89 million related to lower legal contingency accruals in our Beef, Pork and Chicken segments partially offset by an increase in International/Other.
•Decrease of $165 million in plant closure and disposal charges.
•Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $110 million.
•Decrease of $34 million in facility fire related costs, net of insurance proceeds, in our Chicken segment and International/Other.
•Remaining decrease in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes in addition to savings from our productivity program.
•The $10 million impact of decreased sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volumes in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Cost of sales decreased $568 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales by $18 million while lower input cost per pound decreased cost of sales by $586 million.
•The $586 million impact of lower input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Decrease of approximately $895 million in our Chicken segment related to decreased feed ingredient costs.
•Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $310 million.
•Decrease of $140 million due to plant closure and disposal charges.
•Decrease in hog costs of approximately $135 million in our Pork segment.
•Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $65 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Decrease due to net derivative losses of $55 million in fiscal 2024, compared to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Decrease of $59 million in our Chicken segment from insurance proceeds, net of costs, related to a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of $29 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Increase in cattle costs of approximately $1,315 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase in performance-based compensation costs of $173 million.
•Increase of $129 million related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals in our Beef, Pork and Chicken segments.
•Increase of $86 million in International/Other from costs related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and subsequent decision to sell the facility.
•Increase of $42 million in our Beef segment from insurance proceeds received in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
•Remaining decrease in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes in addition to savings from our productivity program.
•The $18 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
| Selling, General and Administrative | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | $ | 2,121 | $ | 2,218 | $ | 2,245 | ||||
| As a percentage of sales | 3.9 | % | 4.2 | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Decrease of $97 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $43 million in professional fees.
•Decrease of $35 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $29 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Decrease of $25 million in team member costs.
•Increase of $30 million in technology costs.
26
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Decrease of $27 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $71 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $64 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Decrease of $28 million in corporate facilities and assets costs.
•Decrease of $18 million in donations.
•Increase of $155 million in team member costs including $205 million in performance-based compensation partially offset by a decrease of $50 million in all other team member costs.
•Increase of $8 million in brand and product line discontinuations.
| Goodwill Impairment | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Goodwill Impairment | $ | 343 | $ | — |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•We recorded a $343 million impairment charge in the Beef segment in fiscal 2025.
| Interest (Income) Expense | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Interest income | $ | (73) | $ | (89) | ||
| Interest expense | 449 | 481 |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•The decrease in interest income for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to average lower cash and cash equivalents held.
•The decrease in interest expense for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to lower interest expense related to the repayment of the term loan due May 2026 in fiscal 2025 and the repayment of the August 2024 senior notes in fiscal 2024, partially offset by increased interest expense from the issuance of 5.40% 2029 Notes and 5.70% 2034 Notes and decreased capitalized interest expense related to lower capital expenditures.
| Other (Income) Expense, net | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| $ | (47) | $ | (75) |
2025 – Included $64 million of joint venture earnings and $18 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, partially offset by $28 million of impairments of equity investments and $3 million of foreign exchange losses.
2024 – Included $34 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $15 million gain on sale of an equity method investment, $15 million of joint venture earnings and $11 million of foreign exchange gains.
| Effective Tax Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| 34.1 | % | 24.8 | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•The increase in effective tax rate for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to a non-deductible goodwill impairment in fiscal 2025.
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson | in millions, except per share data | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson | $ | 474 | $ | 800 | ||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson - per diluted share | 1.33 | 2.25 |
2025 – Included the following items:
•$738 million pretax, or ($1.58) per diluted share, of legal contingency accruals.
•$343 million pretax, or ($0.96) per diluted share, related to a goodwill impairment (non-tax deductible).
•$45 million pretax, or ($0.11) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$41 million pretax, or ($0.09) per diluted share, related to a charge from a product recall.
•$28 million pretax, or ($0.08) per diluted share, related to impairment of equity investments.
27
•$23 million pretax, or ($0.05) per diluted share, related to brand and product line discontinuations.
•$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of plant closure and disposal charges.
•$36 million pretax, or $0.12 per diluted share, of facility fire related insurance proceeds.
2024 – Included the following items:
•$182 million pretax, or ($0.41) per diluted share, of plant closure and disposal charges.
•$174 million pretax, or ($0.38) per diluted share, of legal contingency accruals.
•$18 million pretax, or ($0.02) per diluted share, of facility fire related insurance proceeds, net of costs.
•$31 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$8 million pretax, or ($0.02) per diluted share, related to brand and product line discontinuations.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss) for fiscal years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, which is how we measure segment income (loss):
| in millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales | Operating Income (Loss) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||
| Beef(a) | $ | 21,623 | $ | 20,479 | $ | 19,325 | $ | (1,135) | $ | (381) | $ | (91) | ||||||||||
| Pork(b) | 5,781 | 5,903 | 5,768 | (199) | (40) | (139) | ||||||||||||||||
| Chicken(c) | 16,837 | 16,425 | 17,060 | 1,427 | 988 | (770) | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepared Foods(d) | 9,930 | 9,851 | 9,845 | 898 | 879 | 823 | ||||||||||||||||
| International/Other(e) | 2,291 | 2,353 | 2,515 | 107 | (37) | (218) | ||||||||||||||||
| Intersegment Sales | (2,021) | (1,702) | (1,632) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 54,441 | $ | 53,309 | $ | 52,881 | $ | 1,098 | $ | 1,409 | $ | (395) |
(a) Beef segment results for fiscal 2025 included $343 million of goodwill and intangible impairments, $318 million of legal contingency accruals and $48 million of restructuring and related charges. Beef segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $45 million legal contingency accrual and $41 million of plant closure and disposal charges. Beef segment results for fiscal 2023 included $333 million of goodwill and intangible impairments, $42 million of facility fire related insurance proceeds and $33 million of restructuring and related charges.
(b) Pork segment results for fiscal 2025 included $380 million of legal contingency accruals. Pork segment results for fiscal 2024 included $108 million of plant closure and disposal charges and $73 million of legal contingency accruals.
(c) Chicken segment results for fiscal 2025 included $23 million related to brand and product line discontinuations, $23 million of plant closure and disposal charges and $9 million of restructuring and related charges. Chicken segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $56 million legal contingency accrual, $33 million of plant closure and disposal charges and $70 million of facility fire related insurance proceeds. Chicken segment results for fiscal 2023 included $322 million of plant closure and disposal charges, $210 million of goodwill and intangible impairments, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $16 million of restructuring and related charges and $11 million of facility fire related insurance proceeds.
(d) Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2025 included $41 million of charges related to a product recall and a net benefit of $26 million related to restructuring and related charges, which included a gain from the sale of storage facilities net of other plan charges. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2024 included $24 million of restructuring and related charges. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2023 included $49 million of restructuring and related charges and $17 million of brand and product line discontinuations.
(e) International/Other results for fiscal 2025 included a $40 million legal contingency charge related to the 2015 sale of our Mexico operation, $18 million of facility fire related insurance proceeds and $14 million of restructuring and related charges. International/Other results for fiscal 2024 included $86 million of facility fire related costs. International/Other results for fiscal 2023 included a $238 million goodwill and intangible impairments.
28
| Beef Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 21,623 | $ | 20,479 | $ | 1,144 | $ | 19,325 | $ | 1,154 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (1.9) | % | 1.6 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 9.0 | % | 4.4 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (1,135) | $ | (381) | $ | (754) | $ | (91) | $ | (290) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (5.2) | % | (1.9) | % | (0.5) | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as lower head harvested were offset by higher average carcass weights.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to increased input costs and strong demand. The change in average sales price for fiscal 2025 excludes a $318 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating loss increased in fiscal 2025 due to compressed Beef margins, goodwill and intangible impairments, legal contingency accruals and increased restructuring and related charges, partially offset by improved operational execution and lapping the impacts of plant closure and disposal charges recorded in fiscal 2024.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to higher average carcass weights.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to increased input costs and increased demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to compressed beef margins, the recognition of legal contingency accruals and plant closure and disposal charges in fiscal 2024, and recognition of facility fire related insurance proceeds in fiscal 2023 related to a fire at a production facility in 2019, partially offset by goodwill and intangible impairments recorded in fiscal 2023.
| Pork Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 5,781 | $ | 5,903 | $ | (122) | $ | 5,768 | $ | 135 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (1.7) | % | 3.8 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 5.3 | % | (0.7) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (199) | $ | (40) | $ | (159) | $ | (139) | $ | 99 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (3.4) | % | (0.7) | % | (2.4) | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to production decreases associated with a plant closure in 2024 which were partially offset by production increases at other facilities and higher average carcass weights.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to increased input costs and strong demand for our pork products. The change in average sales price excludes a $380 million and $45 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals recorded in fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating loss increased due to compressed pork margins and the recognition of legal contingency accruals, partially offset by lower operating costs, improved results in our live hog operations and lapping the impacts of plant closure and disposal charges and restructuring and related charges recorded in fiscal 2024.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased due to improved market conditions and increased domestic availability of market-ready hogs.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased driven by lower pricing on drop credit items. The change in average sales price excludes the impact of a $45 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2024.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to higher pork margins, improved results in our live hog operations and lapping the impacts of facility fire related costs in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, partially offset by the recognition of legal contingency accruals and plant closure and disposal costs in fiscal 2024.
29
| Chicken Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 16,837 | $ | 16,425 | $ | 412 | $ | 17,060 | $ | (635) | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 2.6 | % | (2.2) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (0.1) | % | (2.4) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | 1,427 | $ | 988 | $ | 439 | $ | (770) | $ | 1,758 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 8.5 | % | 6.0 | % | (4.5) | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to increased domestic production.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price remained relatively flat as the impact of lower input costs was offset by strong demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to improved operational execution, improved volumes and $340 million of net decreases in feed ingredient costs which was partially offset by increased marketing, advertising and promotion expenses. Operating income was also impacted by reduced legal contingency accruals partially offset by increased costs related to brand and product line discontinuations, restructuring and related charges and lapping of facility fire related insurance proceeds recognized in fiscal 2024 associated with a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased primarily due to reduced domestic production.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the impact of lower input costs. The change in average sales price excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2023.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to improved operational efficiencies, goodwill and intangible impairments recorded in fiscal 2023, lower plant closure and disposal charges, reduced legal contingency accruals, decreased freight costs and an increase in facility fire related insurance proceeds, net of costs associated with a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, we experienced $895 million of lower feed ingredient costs in fiscal 2024 which was partially offset by associated decreases in average sales price.
| Prepared Foods Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 9,930 | $ | 9,851 | $ | 79 | $ | 9,845 | $ | 6 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (2.5) | % | 0.9 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 3.3 | % | (0.8) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 898 | $ | 879 | $ | 19 | $ | 823 | $ | 56 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 9.0 | % | 8.9 | % | 8.4 | % |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to a challenging consumer environment and the impact from a product recall.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased primarily due to the pass through of increased raw material costs.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to higher average sales price, improved operational execution and lower selling, general and administrative costs, partially offset by increased raw material costs and charges related to a product recall. Additionally, fiscal 2025 benefited from net gains recognized from restructuring and related charges, which included a gain from the sale of storage facilities.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to the acquisition of Williams Sausage Company in the third quarter of 2023.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased primarily due to sales mix.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to lower raw materials costs, freight costs, marketing, advertising and promotion expenses and restructuring and related charges.
30
| International/Other Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,291 | $ | 2,353 | $ | (62) | $ | 2,515 | $ | (162) | ||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | 107 | (37) | 144 | (218) | 181 |
2025 vs. 2024 –
•Sales – Sales decreased due to lower average sales price.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to improved performance, insurance proceeds and lapping the charges related to a production facility fire in the first quarter of fiscal 2024, partially offset by the recognition of a legal accrual related to the 2015 sale of our Mexico operation.
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales – Sales decreased due to lower average sales price and the impact of the production facility fire in the Netherlands partially offset by increased volumes in the other regions.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023, partially offset by the impacts of a production facility fire in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and the subsequent decision to sell the facility.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Net income | $ | 507 | $ | 822 | ||
| Non-cash items in net income | 1,754 | 1,544 | ||||
| Net changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||
| (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable | (121) | 59 | ||||
| (Increase) decrease in inventories | (449) | 153 | ||||
| Increase (decrease) in accounts payable | 184 | (205) | ||||
| Increase in income taxes payable/receivable | 7 | 89 | ||||
| Net changes in other operating assets and liabilities | 273 | 128 | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,155 | $ | 2,590 |
•Non-cash items in net income primarily included depreciation and amortization of $1,361 million and $1,400 million in fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024, respectively, and a $343 million goodwill impairment in fiscal 2025.
•Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2025 was $2.2 billion, a decrease of $435 million compared to fiscal 2024, due to $105 million of lower earnings, net of non-cash items, and a $330 million decrease in cash provided by the net changes in operating assets and liabilities which was primarily impacted by:
•A decrease of $602 million due to an increase in inventory of $449 million in fiscal 2025, compared to a decrease of $153 million in fiscal 2024, primarily due to increased average cost of inventory and higher volume of livestock.
•A decrease of $180 million due to an increase in accounts receivable of $121 million in fiscal 2025, compared to a decrease of $59 million in fiscal 2024 as days sales outstanding increased more during fiscal 2025 than fiscal 2024 driven largely by increased average sales prices.
•Partially offset by:
•An increase of $389 million due to an increase in accounts payable of $184 million during fiscal 2025, compared to a decrease of $205 million in fiscal 2024, primarily due to higher input costs and increase in days payables outstanding.
•An increase of $145 million due to an increase of $273 million in the net changes in other operating assets and liabilities in fiscal 2025, compared to an increase of $128 million in fiscal 2024, primarily driven by an increase in legal accruals net of payments offset by an increase in fiscal 2024 performance-based compensation.
31
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (978) | $ | (1,132) | ||
| (Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net | (4) | (3) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of business | — | 174 | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of storage facilities | 252 | — | ||||
| Acquisition of equity investments | (11) | (29) | ||||
| Other, net | 76 | 102 | ||||
| Net cash used for investing activities | $ | (665) | $ | (888) |
•Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety, animal well-being, new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•Approximately $520 million will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at September 27, 2025.
•We expect capital expenditures between $0.7 billion and $1.0 billion for fiscal 2026. Capital expenditures include investments in profit improvement projects as well as projects for maintenance and repair.
•Proceeds from sale of business related to the sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility in fiscal 2024.
•Proceeds from sale of storage facilities related to the sale of multiple Tyson-owned and operated cold storage facilities in fiscal 2025.
•Other, net for fiscal 2025 primarily included insurance proceeds related to fires at our production facilities and proceeds from disposition of assets. Other, net for fiscal 2024 primarily included proceeds from disposition of corporate assets, proceeds on the sale of an equity method investment and insurance proceeds related to fires at our production facilities.
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of debt | $ | 175 | $ | 2,415 | ||
| Payments on debt | (1,262) | (1,641) | ||||
| Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper | — | 1,694 | ||||
| Repayments of commercial paper | — | (2,285) | ||||
| Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock | (196) | (49) | ||||
| Dividends | (697) | (684) | ||||
| Stock options exercised | 21 | 14 | ||||
| Other, net | (18) | (45) | ||||
| Net cash used for financing activities | $ | (1,977) | $ | (581) |
•During fiscal 2024, proceeds from issuance of debt included $750 million of proceeds from the term loan facility due May 2028, $600 million of proceeds from the 5.40% 2029 Notes, and $900 million from the 5.70% 2034 Notes.
•Payments on debt included:
•2025 – In fiscal 2025, we fully repaid the $750 million term loan due May 2026 and $310 million of the term loan due May 2028 using cash on hand.
•2024 – In March 2024, we issued senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion. A portion of the net proceeds from the issuances were used to repay $250 million of the amount outstanding under our term loan facility due May 2026 and we used the remainder of the proceeds to retire the $1,250 million notes due August 2024.
•Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•$174 million of cash paid for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2025.
•$22 million and $49 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively.
•Dividends paid during fiscal 2025 included a 2% increase to our fiscal 2024 quarterly dividend rate.
32
| Liquidity | in millions | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commitments Expiration Date | Facility Amount | Outstanding Letters of Credit (no draw downs) | Amount Borrowed | Amount Available at September 27, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,229 | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | — | |||||||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility | April 2030 | $ | 2,500 | $ | — | $ | — | 2,500 | ||||||||
| Commercial paper | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total liquidity | $ | 3,729 |
•Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and availability under our revolving credit facility, less the outstanding commercial paper balance.
•At September 27, 2025, we had current debt of $909 million, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources.
•The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2025.
•In April 2025, we terminated our previous revolving credit facility with a maturity date of September 2026 and entered into a new $2.5 billion revolving credit facility. The new revolving credit facility will mature, and the commitments thereunder will terminate, in April 2030 with options for two one-year extensions. Under the terms of this revolving credit facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to an aggregate amount of $500 million if certain conditions are met. The covenants and other terms of the new facility are generally consistent with those of the terminated facility.
•We expect net interest expense will approximate $395 million for the 53 weeks of fiscal 2026.
•Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities (“current ratio”) was 1.6 to 1 and 2.0 to 1 at September 27, 2025, and September 28, 2024, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2025 was primarily due to lower cash and cash equivalents and increased current debt.
•At September 27, 2025, $725 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate any excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.5 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program.
At September 27, 2025, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.5 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 17 banks, with commitments ranging from $50 million to $225 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1.75 billion, which increased in April 2025 in conjunction with the execution of the new revolving credit facility. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of September 27, 2025, we had no commercial paper outstanding. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At September 27, 2025, and September 28, 2024, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 3.0x and 2.8x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures. The increase in this ratio at September 27, 2025 is due to a decrease in EBITDA of $377 million partially offset by a decrease in net debt of $459 million.
33
Credit Ratings
Term Loan Facility due May 2028
Standard & Poor’s Rating Services’, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), applicable rating is “BBB”. Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) applicable rating is “Baa2”. The below table outlines the commitment fee on any unused borrowing capacity and the borrowing spread on the outstanding principal balance of our term loan facility due May 2028 that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody’s.
| Ratings Level (Moody’s/S&P) | Commitment Fee | Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Baal/BBB+ or above | 0.100 | % | 1.625 | % |
| Baa2/BBB (current level) | 0.125 | % | 1.750 | % |
| Baa3/BBB- or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.875 | % |
Revolving Credit Facility
The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility (“Facility Fee Rate”) and letter of credit fees and borrowings (“Borrowing Spread”) that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's. S&P's applicable rating is “BBB.” Moody's applicable rating is “Baa2.”
| Ratings Level (Moody's/S&P) | Facility Fee Rate | Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A3/A- or above | 0.090 | % | 0.785 | % |
| Baal/BBB+ | 0.100 | % | 0.900 | % |
| Baa2/BBB (current level) | 0.110 | % | 1.015 | % |
| Baa3/BBB- | 0.150 | % | 1.100 | % |
| Ba1/BB+ or lower | 0.200 | % | 1.175 | % |
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at September 27, 2025 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $146 million at the end of fiscal 2025 as compared to an underfunded position of $158 million at the end of fiscal 2024. We contributed $14 million in fiscal 2025 and expect to contribute approximately $15 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2026. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding in fiscal 2026 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
34
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 27, 2025 (in millions):
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2027-2028 | 2029-2030 | 2031 and thereafter | Total | ||||||||||||||
| Debt principal payments (1) | $ | 909 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,648 | $ | 4,448 | $ | 8,904 | ||||||||
| Interest payments (2) | 423 | 777 | 597 | 2,817 | 4,614 | |||||||||||||
| Guarantees (3) | 10 | 14 | 25 | 18 | 67 | |||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations (4) | 232 | 321 | 207 | 268 | 1,028 | |||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations (5) | 556 | 866 | 601 | 3,245 | 5,268 | |||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures (6) | 410 | 110 | — | — | 520 | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (7) | — | — | — | — | 937 | |||||||||||||
| Total contractual commitments | $ | 2,540 | $ | 3,987 | $ | 3,078 | $ | 10,796 | $ | 21,338 |
(1)In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at September 27, 2025, and expected payment dates.
(3)Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)Amounts include agreements with a remaining term in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of September 27, 2025. Additionally, the purchase obligations amount includes purchase commitments associated with long-term cold storage service agreements entered into as part of the sale of multiple Tyson-owned and operated storage facilities during fiscal 2025. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of September 27, 2025.
(7)Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. We are unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2025; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $165 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $153 million and related interest and penalties of $73 million at September 27, 2025, recorded in Other Liabilities and Other current liabilities.
Our maximum commitment associated with our cash flow assistance programs is limited to the fair value of each participating livestock supplier's net tangible assets. The potential maximum obligation as of September 27, 2025 was approximately $240 million and we did not have significant net receivables outstanding under these programs.
35
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt:
| in millions, except ratio data | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | 507 | $ | 822 | $ | (649) | ||||
| Less: Interest income | (73) | (89) | (30) | |||||||
| Add: Interest expense | 449 | 481 | 355 | |||||||
| Add/(Less): Income tax expense (benefit) | 262 | 270 | (29) | |||||||
| Add: Depreciation | 1,093 | 1,159 | 1,100 | |||||||
| Add: Amortization (a) | 257 | 229 | 229 | |||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 2,495 | $ | 2,872 | $ | 976 | ||||
| Total gross debt | 8,830 | 9,787 | 9,506 | |||||||
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | (1,229) | (1,717) | (573) | |||||||
| Less: Short-term investments | — | (10) | (15) | |||||||
| Total net debt | $ | 7,601 | $ | 8,060 | $ | 8,918 | ||||
| Ratio Calculations: | ||||||||||
| Gross debt/EBITDA | 3.5x | 3.4x | 9.7x | |||||||
| Net debt/EBITDA | 3.0x | 2.8x | 9.1x | |||||||
| Return on invested capital (b) | 2.8% | 3.9% | (1.4%) | |||||||
| Total debt to capitalization (c) | 32.6% | 34.6% | 34.2% | |||||||
| Book value per share (d) | $ | 51.63 | $ | 52.03 | $ | 51.37 |
(a)Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $11 million, $12 million, $10 million for fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.
(b)Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income (loss), calculated by applying the Company’s effective tax rate to operating income (loss), by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c)For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d)Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
36
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $698 million and $174 million of charges in fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively, from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, pork antitrust litigation, beef antitrust litigation and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.
37
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at September 27, 2025, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Due to the complexity of some of these judgments and uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was $7 million in fiscal 2025. The projected benefit obligation was $176 million at the end of fiscal 2025. Unrecognized actuarial gain was $2 million at the end of fiscal 2025. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $7 million in fiscal 2026. We expect to contribute approximately $15 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2026. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
38
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at September 27, 2025, would not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at September 27, 2025, would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite life intangible asset is less than its carrying value. We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business, sustained decline in market capitalization or significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may more likely than not be less than its carrying value or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
39
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, macro-economic trends, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples. We consider reporting units that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying value to have a heightened risk of impairment.
During fiscal 2023, we experienced lower than anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market capitalization to below book value and an increase in long-term treasury rates which caused a net 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used in estimating the fair value of the reporting units. Based on quantitative assessments in fiscal 2023, we recognized $781 million of goodwill impairment charges including $333 million to partially impair the goodwill of the Beef reporting unit, $238 million to fully impair the goodwill of two of our International/Other reporting units and $210 million to partially impair the goodwill of a Chicken segment reporting unit.
Our fiscal 2024 goodwill impairment analysis did not result in impairment charges. Following the annual fiscal 2024 assessment, our Beef and two Chicken segment reporting units, with a total goodwill of approximately $3.3 billion in fiscal 2024, were at heightened risk of impairment.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2025, our Beef reporting unit experienced lower than anticipated supply of market-ready cattle and an increased carrying value primarily associated with higher cattle costs. Additionally, our forecasts indicated the timing of the recovery of market-ready cattle associated with the anticipated cattle herd rebuilding would be longer than previously estimated. Consequently, we determined the fair value of our Beef reporting unit was more likely than not less than the carrying amount and proceeded to perform a quantitative assessment. Based on this quantitative assessment, we determined the fair value of our Beef reporting unit had decreased to below its carrying value. Accordingly, we recognized a $343 million impairment during the third quarter of fiscal 2025 to fully impair its remaining goodwill.
We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the first day of our fourth quarter of fiscal 2025 and determined it was necessary to perform a quantitative assessment for one of our International/Other reporting units, which had goodwill of $0.2 billion at September 27, 2025, as it had lower than previously anticipated operating results. Based on this assessment, we determined that the International/Other reporting unit's estimated fair value exceeded its carrying value, and thus, did not recognize a goodwill impairment. In estimating its fair value, we generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to the impact of macroeconomic factors which we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. As of the date of the assessment, we estimate discount rates utilized in the discounted cash flow method would have to increase by more than approximately 125 basis points, with all other assumptions unchanged, before the carrying value of the International/Other reporting units would exceed their fair value. Following the annual fiscal 2025 assessment, this reporting unit was at heightened risk of impairment.
We performed a qualitative assessment for the remaining reporting units in our Chicken, Prepared Foods and Pork segments, which had goodwill of $9.3 billion at September 27, 2025, and determined none of them were at heightened risk of impairment following the fiscal 2025 annual assessment. As of the latest fair value assessments, we estimate discount rates utilized in the discounted cash flow method would have to increase by more than approximately 75 basis points, with all other assumptions unchanged, before the carrying value of any of the Chicken, Prepared Foods and Pork reporting units would exceed their fair value.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. We consider indefinite life intangible assets that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying value to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge.
40
All of our indefinite life intangible assets' estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination. We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the first day of our fourth quarter of fiscal 2025 and determined it was necessary to perform quantitative assessments for two of our Prepared Foods brands with carrying values of $0.5 billion and $0.3 billion at September 27, 2025. For these two brands, we estimate the discount rate would need to increase over 150 basis points as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value, with all other assumptions unchanged, to cause the carrying value to approximate its fair value. We generally assumed growth rates in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future growth rates consistent with those realized in fiscal 2025, we would have failed the impairment quantitative test, which may have resulted in material impairment losses. The current year growth rate is not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to the impacts of rapid inflationary pressures and volatile market conditions which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. We do not currently consider any of our indefinite life intangible assets, which had an aggregate value of $4.1 billion at September 27, 2025, to be at heightened risk of impairment.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets during the last three years.
Our impairment analysis contains inherent estimates and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions. The assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions. These assumptions can change in future periods as a result of overall economic conditions, including the impacts of inflationary pressures, increased interest and discount rates, global supply chain constraints and decreased market capitalization, amongst others. As a result, there can be no assurance that estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of assessing impairments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Potential circumstances that could have a negative effect on the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets include, but are not limited to, lower than forecasted growth rates or operating margins and changes in discount rates. A reduction in the estimated fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets could trigger an impairment in the future. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances that might adversely affect the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets.
We continuously evaluate the changing macro-economic conditions including inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, demand outlook and export markets, and the Company's market capitalization. Although all our reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets had more than 20% excess fair value over carrying value as of the most recent assessment, other than one reporting unit with goodwill of $0.2 billion as of September 27, 2025, they remain susceptible to impairments if any assumptions, estimates, or market factors significantly change in the future.
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded charges related to impairments, disposals and write-offs of long-lived assets of $126 million, $131 million and $101 million, in fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
41
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. For more information regarding business combinations, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000100493-24-000119.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 for additional information related to fiscal 2022.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family leadership. The Company is unified by this purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like Family™ and has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®. Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality food to every table in the world, safely, sustainably, and affordably, now and for future generations.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
Fiscal year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022.
General
Sales increased $0.4 billion to $53.3 billion in fiscal 2024, largely due to higher average sales prices in our Beef segment. We reported operating income of $1,409 million in fiscal 2024 as compared to an operating loss of $395 million in fiscal 2023, as we experienced higher operating income in all our segments other than the Beef segment. During fiscal 2024, we incurred higher performance-based compensation costs of $378 million driven by improved consolidated results. Due to the nature of our performance-based compensation plans, our segments were primarily impacted based on their relative number of eligible team members, and thus, our Chicken and Prepared Foods segments incurred a greater proportion of the total costs.
Additionally, in fiscal 2024, our operating income was impacted by $182 million of plant closure and disposal charges, $174 million in legal contingency accruals, $86 million of costs related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and the subsequent decision to sell the facility, $31 million of restructuring and related charges and $8 million of brand discontinuation costs, partially offset by the benefit of $70 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to fires at our production facilities. In fiscal 2023, our results were impacted by $781 million of goodwill impairment charges, $322 million of plant closure and disposal charges, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $124 million of restructuring and related charges, $17 million of product line discontinuation charges, and benefited from $53 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to fires at our production facilities and $19 million related to the relocation of a production facility in China.
Market Environment
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) increased slightly in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023. The Beef segment experienced limited supply of market-ready cattle and increased live cattle costs. Additionally, uncertainty exists regarding the timing of the anticipated cattle herd rebuilding. The Pork segment experienced sufficient supply and reduced hog costs. The Chicken segment experienced reduced feed ingredient costs. The Prepared Foods segment experienced reduced raw material costs primarily due to lower meat costs. Additionally, the conflicts between Ukraine and Russia, in addition to the Middle East, are ongoing and there are many risks and uncertainties in relation to the conflicts that are outside of our control. As of September 28, 2024, the impact of these conflicts have not had a material direct impact on our financial performance. If these conflicts escalate further, impact additional regions or countries, or have additional economic sanctions imposed, it could have a material impact on our business operations and financial performance.
24
Margins
Our total operating margin was 2.6% in fiscal 2024. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•Beef – (1.9)%
•Pork – (0.7)%
•Chicken – 6.0%
•Prepared Foods – 8.9%
Strategy
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Our strategy is to deliver margins in the core protein business by driving efficiencies and valuing-up offerings to better serve consumers; grow branded portfolio by innovating new occasions, categories and channels; and scale in international markets by delivering profitable value-added food offerings in high growth categories.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
| Sales | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| Sales | $ | 53,309 | $ | 52,881 | $ | 53,282 | ||||
| Change in sales volume | — | % | 1.0 | % | ||||||
| Change in average sales price | 0.6 | % | (1.5) | % | ||||||
| Sales growth | 0.8 | % | (0.8) | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Volumes were essentially flat and resulted in an increase of $19 million as increased sales volume in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments were mostly offset by decreased sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $298 million, driven by increased pricing in our Beef segment.
◦The above changes in average sales price exclude the impacts of $45 million and $156 million reductions of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by an increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of $507 million, driven by increased volumes in our Chicken segment, partially offset by decreased volumes in our Beef segment due to the reduced domestic availability of live cattle and our Pork segment as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were negatively impacted by lower average sales prices, which accounted for a decrease of $752 million, driven by reduced pricing in our Pork and Chicken segments, partially offset by higher average sales prices in our Beef and Prepared Foods segments.
◦The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2023 excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
| Cost of Sales | in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 49,682 | $ | 50,250 | $ | 46,614 | |||
| Gross profit | 3,627 | 2,631 | |||||||
| Cost of sales as a percentage of sales | 93.2 | % | 95.0 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Cost of sales decreased $568 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales by $18 million while lower input cost per pound decreased cost of sales by $586 million.
•The $586 million impact of lower input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Decrease of approximately $895 million in our Chicken segment related to decreased feed ingredient costs.
•Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $310 million.
•Decrease of $140 million due to plant closures and disposals.
•Decrease in hog costs of approximately $135 million in our Pork segment.
•Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $65 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
25
•Decrease due to net derivative losses of $55 million in fiscal 2024, compared to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Decrease of $59 million in our Chicken segment from insurance proceeds, net of costs, related to a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of $29 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Increase in cattle costs of approximately $1,315 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase in performance-based compensation costs of $173 million.
•Increase of $129 million related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals in our Beef, Pork and Chicken segments.
•Increase of $86 million in International/Other from costs related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and subsequent decision to sell the facility.
•Increase of $42 million in our Beef segment from insurance proceeds received in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
•Remaining decrease in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes in addition to savings from our productivity program.
•The $18 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Cost of sales increased $3,636 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales by $444 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales by $3,192 million.
•The $3,192 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $2,135 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase due to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023, compared to net derivative gains of $225 million in fiscal 2022 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Increase of $322 million due to costs associated with plant closures and disposals.
•Increase of $238 million related to inventory lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments.
•Increase of approximately $36 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredients costs and growout expenses, partially offset by reduced outside meat purchases.
•Increase of approximately $24 million in our Chicken segment due to $11 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2023 compared to $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2022 related to the fire at our production facility in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease in live hog costs of approximately $295 million in our Pork segment.
•Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $175 million.
•Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $45 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes as well as the impact of the inflationary environment on our labor and other input costs, partially offset by savings from our productivity program.
•The $444 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Chicken segment.
| Selling, General and Administrative | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | $ | 2,218 | $ | 2,245 | $ | 2,258 | ||||
| As a percentage of sales | 4.2 | % | 4.2 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Decrease of $27 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $71 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $64 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Decrease of $28 million in corporate facilities and assets costs.
26
•Decrease of $18 million in donations.
•Increase of $155 million in team member costs including $205 million in performance-based compensation partially offset by a decrease of $50 million in all other team member costs.
•Increase of $8 million in brand discontinuation costs.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Decrease of $13 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $171 million in employee costs primarily from incentive-based compensation.
•Decrease of $26 million in professional fees.
•Increase of $71 million from a gain recognized in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 from recoveries related to a cattle suppliers misappropriation of Company funds.
•Increase of $57 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Increase of $47 million in restructuring and related costs.
| Goodwill Impairment | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Goodwill Impairment | $ | — | $ | 781 |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•We recorded $781 million in goodwill impairment charges in fiscal 2023.
| Interest (Income) Expense | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Interest income | $ | (89) | $ | (30) | ||
| Interest expense | 481 | 355 |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•The increase in interest income for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to higher cash and cash equivalents held and increased interest rates.
•The increase in interest expense for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to interest expense related to our term loan facilities and the recently issued 5.40% 2029 Notes and 5.70% 2034 Notes.
| Other (Income) Expense, net | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| $ | (75) | $ | (42) |
2024 – Included $34 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $15 million gain on sale of an equity method investment, $15 million of joint venture earnings and $11 million of foreign exchange gains.
2023 – Included $22 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $17 million of foreign exchange gains and $12 million of joint venture earnings.
| Effective Tax Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||
| 24.8 | % | 4.3 | % |
The percentage impacts on the effective tax rate were greater in fiscal 2023 due to the level of pretax (loss) in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2024. Additionally, the impact of tax benefits decreased the effective tax rate on pretax income in fiscal 2024 and increased the effective tax rate in fiscal 2023 due to the pretax loss.
2024 – The effective tax rate is higher than the statutory rate due to state taxes and the impact of $63 million of non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility.
2023 – The effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate due to a $781 million non-deductible goodwill impairment, partially offset by income tax credits and a $26 million benefit from the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2023.
27
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson | in millions, except per share data | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson | $ | 800 | $ | (648) | ||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson - per diluted share | 2.25 | (1.87) |
2024 – Included the following items:
•$182 million pretax, or ($0.41) per diluted share, of charges related to plant closures and disposals.
•$174 million pretax, or ($0.38) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•$86 million pretax, or ($0.21) per diluted share, of charges related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and our subsequent decision to sell the facility.
•$31 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$8 million pretax, or ($0.02) per diluted share, of brand discontinuation charges.
•$104 million pretax, or $0.23 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
2023 – Included the following items:
•$757 million pretax, or ($2.13) per diluted share, of goodwill impairment charges (non-tax deductible) net of $24 million associated with Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
•$322 million pretax, or ($0.67) per diluted share, of charges related to plant closures and disposals.
•$156 million pretax, or ($0.33) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•$124 million pretax, or ($0.26) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$75 million pretax, or $0.16 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
•$26 million post tax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities at lower enacted state tax rates.
•$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of product line discontinuation charges.
•$16 million pretax, or $0.03 per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China net of $3 million associated with Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss) for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022, which is how we measure segment income (loss):
| in millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales | Operating Income (Loss) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| Beef(a) | $ | 20,479 | $ | 19,325 | $ | 19,854 | $ | (381) | $ | (91) | $ | 2,502 | ||||||||||
| Pork(b) | 5,903 | 5,768 | 6,414 | (40) | (139) | 193 | ||||||||||||||||
| Chicken(c) | 16,425 | 17,060 | 16,961 | 988 | (770) | 955 | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepared Foods(d) | 9,851 | 9,845 | 9,689 | 879 | 823 | 746 | ||||||||||||||||
| International/Other(e) | 2,353 | 2,515 | 2,355 | (37) | (218) | 14 | ||||||||||||||||
| Intersegment Sales | (1,702) | (1,632) | (1,991) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 53,309 | $ | 52,881 | $ | 53,282 | $ | 1,409 | $ | (395) | $ | 4,410 |
(a) Beef segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $45 million legal contingency accrual and $41 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals. Beef segment results for fiscal 2023 included a $333 million goodwill impairment, $42 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred and $33 million of restructuring and related costs. Beef segment results for fiscal 2022 included $27 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred and $16 million of restructuring and related costs.
(b) Pork segment results for fiscal 2024 included $108 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals and $73 million of legal contingency accruals.
28
(c) Chicken segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $56 million legal contingency accrual, $33 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals and $70 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred. Chicken segment results for fiscal 2023 included $322 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals, a $210 million goodwill impairment, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $16 million of restructuring and related costs and $11 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred. Chicken results for fiscal 2022 included $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
(d) Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2024 included $24 million of restructuring and related costs. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2023 include $49 million of restructuring and related costs and $17 million of product line discontinuation charges. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2022 included $36 million of restructuring and related costs.
(e) International/Other results for fiscal 2024 included $86 million of costs, net of insurance proceeds, related to a fire at our production facility in the Netherlands and subsequent decision to sell. International/Other results for fiscal 2023 included a $238 million goodwill impairment.
| Beef Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 20,479 | $ | 19,325 | $ | 1,154 | $ | 19,854 | $ | (529) | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 1.6 | % | (3.1) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 4.4 | % | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (381) | $ | (91) | $ | (290) | $ | 2,502 | $ | (2,593) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (1.9) | % | (0.5) | % | 12.6 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to higher average carcass weights.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to increased input costs and increased demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to compressed beef margins, the recognition of a legal contingency accrual and plant closures and disposal charges in fiscal 2024, and insurance proceeds in fiscal 2023 related to a fire at a production facility in 2019, partially offset by a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to lower availability of live cattle.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased slightly due to price increases associated with reduced live cattle supply and increased input costs, partially offset by reduced export demand and softening demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to unfavorable market conditions, including higher fed cattle costs. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by a goodwill impairment charge and benefited from increased insurance proceeds related to a fire at a production facility in fiscal 2019, partially offset by increased restructuring and related charges.
| Pork Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 5,903 | $ | 5,768 | $ | 135 | $ | 6,414 | $ | (646) | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 3.8 | % | (2.2) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (0.7) | % | (7.9) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (40) | $ | (139) | $ | 99 | $ | 193 | $ | (332) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (0.7) | % | (2.4) | % | 3.0 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased due to improved market conditions and increased domestic availability of market-ready hogs.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased driven by lower pricing on drop credit items. The change in average sales price excludes the impact of a $45 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of a legal contingency accrual in fiscal 2024.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to higher pork margins, improved results in our live hog operations and lapping the impacts of a production facility fire in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, partially offset by the recognition of legal contingency accruals and plant closures and disposal costs in fiscal 2024.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to reduced global demand.
29
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to compressed pork margins, increased operating costs as a result of the inflationary market environment, losses incurred in our live hog operations and impacts from a production facility fire in the third quarter of fiscal 2023.
| Chicken Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 16,425 | $ | 17,060 | $ | (635) | $ | 16,961 | $ | 99 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (2.2) | % | 3.4 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (2.4) | % | (1.9) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | 988 | $ | (770) | $ | 1,758 | $ | 955 | $ | (1,725) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 6.0 | % | (4.5) | % | 5.6 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased primarily due to reduced domestic production.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the impact of lower input costs. The change in average sales price excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2023.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to improved operational efficiencies, a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023, lower plant closures and disposal charges, reduced legal contingency accruals, decreased freight costs and an increase in insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred associated with a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, we experienced $895 million of lower feed ingredient costs in fiscal 2024 which was partially offset by associated decreases in average sales price.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to improved domestic production and the sell-through of inventory, partially offset by strategic initiative mix impacts.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the challenging market conditions. The change in average sales price for the fiscal 2023 excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to the impacts of inflationary market conditions as well as operational impacts associated with strategic decisions in the first half of fiscal 2023. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $300 million of higher feed ingredient costs and $80 million of net derivative losses as compared to $195 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2022. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by plant closures and disposal charges, goodwill impairment charges, legal contingency accruals and restructuring and related charges, offset by insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred associated with a production facility fire in fiscal 2021.
| Prepared Foods Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 9,851 | $ | 9,845 | $ | 6 | $ | 9,689 | $ | 156 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 0.9 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (0.8) | % | 1.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 879 | $ | 823 | $ | 56 | $ | 746 | $ | 77 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 8.9 | % | 8.4 | % | 7.7 | % |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to the acquisition of Williams Sausage Company in the third quarter of 2023.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased primarily due to sales mix.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to lower raw materials costs, freight costs, marketing, advertising and promotion expenses and restructuring and related charges.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased slightly as increased retail volumes were partially offset by a reduction in foodservice volumes.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to the effects of revenue management in an inflationary cost environment and favorable product mix.
30
•Operating Income – Operating income increased in fiscal 2023 primarily due to higher average sales prices and a $45 million reduction in raw material costs, partially offset by increased marketing, advertising and promotion spend. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $17 million of product line discontinuation charges and $49 million of restructuring and related charges.
| International/Other Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,353 | $ | 2,515 | $ | (162) | $ | 2,355 | $ | 160 | ||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | (37) | (218) | 181 | 14 | (232) |
2024 vs. 2023 –
•Sales – Sales decreased due to lower average sales price and the impact of the production facility fire in the Netherlands partially offset by increased volumes in the other regions.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023, partially offset by the impacts of a production facility fire in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and the subsequent decision to sell the facility.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to volume growth and pricing actions to offset the high inflationary cost environment, which was partially offset by foreign exchange rate movements.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income (loss) decreased due to a $238 million goodwill impairment.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | 822 | $ | (649) | ||
| Non-cash items in net income (loss) | 1,544 | 2,214 | ||||
| Net changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||
| (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable | 59 | 136 | ||||
| (Increase) decrease in inventories | 153 | 175 | ||||
| Increase (decrease) in accounts payable | (205) | 47 | ||||
| Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable/receivable | 89 | 108 | ||||
| Net changes in other operating assets and liabilities | 128 | (279) | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,590 | $ | 1,752 |
•Non-cash items in net income (loss) primarily included depreciation and amortization of $1,400 million and $1,339 million in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023, respectively, and a $781 million goodwill impairment in fiscal 2023.
•Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2024 was $2.6 billion, an increase of $838 million compared to fiscal 2023, due to $801 million of higher earnings, net of non-cash items, and a $37 million increase in cash provided by the net changes in operating assets and liabilities which was primarily impacted by:
•An increase of $407 million due to an increase of $128 million in the net changes in other operating assets and liabilities in fiscal 2024, compared to a decrease of $279 million in fiscal 2023, primarily driven by an increase in performance-based compensation.
•Partially offset by:
•A decrease of $252 million due to a decrease in accounts payable of $205 million during fiscal 2024, compared to an increase of $47 million in fiscal 2023, primarily due to lower input costs and decrease in days payables outstanding.
•A decrease of $77 million due to a decrease in accounts receivable of $59 million of fiscal 2024, compared to a decrease of $136 million in fiscal 2023. The reduced decline in accounts receivable was primarily due to the decreased level of sales in the last few weeks of each year end partially offset by a net decrease in days sales outstanding.
31
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (1,132) | $ | (1,939) | ||
| (Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net | (3) | (2) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of business | 174 | — | ||||
| Acquisitions, net of cash acquired | — | (262) | ||||
| Acquisition of equity investments | (29) | (115) | ||||
| Other, net | 102 | 19 | ||||
| Net cash used for investing activities | $ | (888) | $ | (2,299) |
•Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•Approximately $625 million will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at September 28, 2024.
•We expect capital expenditures between $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion for fiscal 2025. Capital expenditures include investments in profit improvement projects as well as projects for maintenance and repair.
•Proceeds from sale of business related to the sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility in fiscal 2024.
•Acquisitions, net of cash acquired for fiscal 2023 included $223 million, net of cash acquired, for our acquisition of Williams Sausage Company and $39 million for the 60% equity stake in Supreme Foods Processing Company, a producer and distributor of value-added and cooked chicken and beef products.
•Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2023 primarily included: the purchase of minority interest in a global insect-based ingredients company; the purchase of a minority interest in a fully integrated poultry company in the Middle East that produces broiler chickens and operates hatcheries and feed mills; and deferred payments related to prior year equity method investment.
•Other, net for fiscal 2024 primarily included proceeds from disposition of corporate assets, proceeds on the sale of an equity method investment and insurance proceeds related to fires at our production facilities.
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of debt | $ | 2,415 | $ | 1,130 | ||
| Payments on debt | (1,641) | (603) | ||||
| Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper | 1,694 | 7,693 | ||||
| Repayments of commercial paper | (2,285) | (7,103) | ||||
| Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock | (49) | (354) | ||||
| Dividends | (684) | (670) | ||||
| Stock options exercised | 14 | 11 | ||||
| Other, net | (45) | (16) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities | $ | (581) | $ | 88 |
•During fiscal 2024, proceeds from issuance of debt included $750 million of proceeds from the term loan facility due May 2028, $600 million of proceeds from the 5.40% 2029 Notes, and $900 million from the 5.70% 2034 Notes. During fiscal 2023, proceeds from issuance of debt included $1 billion of proceeds from the issuance of a term loan facility due May 2026.
•Payments on debt included:
•2024 – In March 2024, we issued senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion. A portion of the net proceeds from the issuances were used to repay $250 million of the amount outstanding under our term loan facility due May 2026 and we used the remainder of the proceeds to retire the $1,250 million notes due August 2024.
•2023 – In September 2023, we extinguished the $400 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due September 2023.
•Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•$300 million of cash paid for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2023.
•$49 million and $54 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively.
•Dividends paid during fiscal 2024 included a 2% increase to our fiscal 2023 quarterly dividend rate.
32
| Liquidity | in millions | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commitments Expiration Date | Facility Amount | Outstanding Letters of Credit (no draw downs) | Amount Borrowed | Amount Available at September 28, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,717 | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 10 | |||||||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility | September 2026 | $ | 2,250 | $ | — | $ | — | 2,250 | ||||||||
| Commercial Paper | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total liquidity | $ | 3,977 |
•Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and availability under our revolving credit facility, less the outstanding commercial paper balance.
•At September 28, 2024, we had current debt of $74 million, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources.
•The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2024. Under the terms of the facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.
•We expect net interest expense will approximate $380 million for fiscal 2025.
•Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities (“current ratio”) was 2.0 to 1 and 1.3 to 1 at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2024 was primarily due to increased cash and cash equivalents and decreased current debt.
•At September 28, 2024, $708 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate any excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program.
At September 28, 2024, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.25 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1.5 billion. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of September 28, 2024, we had no commercial paper outstanding. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 2.8x and 9.1x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures. The decrease in this ratio at September 28, 2024 is due to an increase in EBITDA of $1,896 million and decrease in net debt of $858 million.
Credit Ratings
Term Loan Facility due May 2028
Standard & Poor’s Rating Services’, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), applicable rating is “BBB”. Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) applicable rating is “Baa2”. The below table outlines the commitment fee on any unused borrowing capacity and the borrowing spread on the outstanding principal balance of our term loan facility due May 2028 that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody’s.
33
| Ratings Level (Moody’s/S&P) | Commitment Fee | Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Baal/BBB+ or above | 0.100 | % | 1.625 | % |
| Baa2/BBB (current level) | 0.125 | % | 1.750 | % |
| Baa3/BBB- or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.875 | % |
Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is “BBB.” Moody's applicable rating is “Baa2.” The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility (“Facility Fee Rate”) and letter of credit fees and borrowings (“All-in Borrowing Spread”) that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.
| Ratings Level (Moody's/S&P) | Facility Fee Rate | All-in Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2/A or above | 0.700 | % | 0.875 | % |
| A3/A- | 0.090 | % | 1.000 | % |
| Baal/BBB+ | 0.100 | % | 1.125 | % |
| Baa2/BBB (current level) | 0.125 | % | 1.250 | % |
| Baa3/BBB or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.375 | % |
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at September 28, 2024 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $158 million at the end of fiscal 2024 as compared to an underfunded position of $149 million at the end of fiscal 2023. We contributed $14 million in fiscal 2024 and expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2025. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding in fiscal 2025 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
34
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 28, 2024 (in millions):
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2026-2027 | 2028-2029 | 2030 and thereafter | Total | ||||||||||||||
| Debt principal payments (1) | $ | 75 | $ | 2,975 | $ | 2,404 | $ | 4,415 | $ | 9,869 | ||||||||
| Interest payments (2) | 489 | 854 | 608 | 2,847 | 4,798 | |||||||||||||
| Guarantees (3) | 24 | 16 | 26 | 17 | 83 | |||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations (4) | 197 | 266 | 157 | 187 | 807 | |||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations (5) | 368 | 401 | 179 | 247 | 1,195 | |||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures (6) | 625 | — | — | — | 625 | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (7) | — | — | — | — | 904 | |||||||||||||
| Total contractual commitments | $ | 1,778 | $ | 4,512 | $ | 3,374 | $ | 7,713 | $ | 18,281 |
(1)In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at September 28, 2024, and expected payment dates.
(3)Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)Amounts include agreements with a remaining term in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of September 28, 2024. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of September 28, 2024.
(7)Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. We are unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2024; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $180 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $137 million and related interest and penalties of $59 million at September 28, 2024, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at September 28, 2024, based on the estimated fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $280 million. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market conditions, we have recorded a $14 million allowance for these programs' estimated credit losses at September 28, 2024.
35
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt:
| in millions, except ratio data | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | 822 | $ | (649) | $ | 3,249 | ||||
| Less: Interest income | (89) | (30) | (17) | |||||||
| Add: Interest expense | 481 | 355 | 365 | |||||||
| Add/(Less): Income tax expense (benefit) | 270 | (29) | 900 | |||||||
| Add: Depreciation | 1,159 | 1,100 | 945 | |||||||
| Add: Amortization (a) | 229 | 229 | 246 | |||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 2,872 | $ | 976 | $ | 5,688 | ||||
| Total gross debt | 9,787 | 9,506 | 8,321 | |||||||
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | (1,717) | (573) | (1,031) | |||||||
| Less: Short-term investments | (10) | (15) | (1) | |||||||
| Total net debt | $ | 8,060 | $ | 8,918 | $ | 7,289 | ||||
| Ratio Calculations: | ||||||||||
| Gross debt/EBITDA | 3.4x | 9.7x | 1.5x | |||||||
| Net debt/EBITDA | 2.8x | 9.1x | 1.3x | |||||||
| Return on invested capital (b) | 3.9% | (1.4%) | 13.4% | |||||||
| Total debt to capitalization (c) | 34.6% | 34.2% | 29.6% | |||||||
| Book value per share (d) | $ | 52.03 | $ | 51.37 | $ | 55.04 |
(a)Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $12 million, $10 million, $11 million for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.
(b)Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income (loss), calculated by applying the Company’s effective tax rate to operating income (loss), by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c)For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d)Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
36
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $174 million and $156 million of charges in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively, from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, pork antitrust litigation and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.
37
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at September 28, 2024, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Due to the complexity of some of these judgments and uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was $8 million in fiscal 2024. The projected benefit obligation was $188 million at the end of fiscal 2024. Unrecognized actuarial loss was $3 million at the end of fiscal 2024. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $7 million in fiscal 2025. We expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2025. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
38
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at September 28, 2024, would not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at September 28, 2024, would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite life intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business, sustained decline in market capitalization or significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may more likely than not be less than its carrying amount or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
39
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, macro-economic trends, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples. We consider reporting units that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2022 goodwill impairment analyses did not result in impairment charges.
During fiscal 2023, we experienced lower than previously anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market capitalization to below book value and an increase in long-term treasury rates which caused a net 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used in estimating the fair value of the reporting units. Based on quantitative assessments, we recognized $781 million of goodwill impairment charges including $333 million to partially impair the goodwill of the Beef reporting unit, $238 million to fully impair the goodwill of two of our International/Other reporting units and $210 million to partially impair the goodwill of a Chicken segment reporting unit. Following the fiscal 2023 assessments, our Beef, Pork and two Chicken segment reporting units, with total goodwill of approximately $3.8 billion, were at heightened risk of impairment.
We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the first day of our fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 and determined it was necessary to perform quantitative assessments for our Beef, Pork, and two Chicken segment reporting units, as all of these reporting units were at heightened risk of impairment following the fiscal 2023 assessments. In addition, due to lower than previously anticipated operating results and increased interest rates, we determined it was necessary to perform a quantitative assessment for one of our International/Other reporting units, which had goodwill of $0.2 billion at September 28, 2024. Based on our assessments, we determined that all of these reporting units’ estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values, and thus, did not result in any additional goodwill impairments. Following the annual fiscal 2024 assessment, our Beef and two Chicken segment reporting units, with total goodwill of approximately $3.3 billion, were at heightened risk of impairment.
Our Beef segment reporting unit had goodwill of $0.3 billion at September 28, 2024. In estimating its fair value, we generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to challenging market conditions associated with lower cattle supplies which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. An increase of approximately 25-50 basis points in the discount rate or reduced estimated long-term operating margins to below 2.0%-3.0% (breakeven), with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of this reporting unit to exceed its fair value, which may have resulted in an additional material goodwill impairment loss.
Our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill of $3.0 billion at September 28, 2024. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. To pass the impairment quantitative test, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to average approximately 4.0%-5.0% (breakeven). Operating margins for fiscal 2024 exceeded the breakeven amounts. Additionally, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 75-125 basis points at September 28, 2024, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying values of the Chicken segment's reporting units to approximate its fair value, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss.
Our remaining reporting units, Prepared Foods, Pork and International/Other, had goodwill of $6.5 billion at September 28, 2024, and were not considered at heightened risk of impairment following the fiscal 2024 annual assessment. A hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 125-150 basis points as of the date of its most recent estimated fair value determination, which was in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of the Prepared Foods reporting unit, with goodwill of $5.9 billion at September 28, 2024, to approximate its fair value. Discount rates utilized in the discounted cash flow method would have remained unchanged from the third quarter of fiscal 2023 assessment to our annual fiscal 2024 assessment date.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. We consider indefinite life intangible assets that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge.
40
All of our indefinite life intangible assets' estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination, which was in the annual assessment as of the beginning of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, other than one of our Prepared Foods brands with a carrying value of $0.5 billion at September 28, 2024. A hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 75-125 basis points as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value to approximate its fair value. We generally assumed operating margins and growth rates in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Operating margins for fiscal 2024 exceeded the breakeven. Had we assumed future growth rates consistent with those realized in fiscal 2024, we would have failed the impairment quantitative test, which may have resulted in material impairment losses. The current year growth rate is not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to the impacts of rapid inflationary pressures and volatile market conditions which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. We do not currently consider any of our other indefinite life intangible assets, which had aggregate carrying value of $3.6 billion at September 28, 2024, to be at heightened risk of impairment.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets during the last three years.
Our impairment analysis contains inherent estimates and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions. The assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value require considerable judgement and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions. These assumptions can change in future periods as a result of overall economic conditions, including the impacts of inflationary pressures, increased interest and discount rates, global supply chain constraints and decreased market capitalization, amongst others. As a result, there can be no assurance that estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of assessing impairments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Potential circumstances that could have a negative effect on the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets include, but are not limited to, lower than forecasted growth rates or operating margins and changes in discount rates. A reduction in the estimated fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets could trigger an impairment in the future. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances that might adversely affect the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets.
We continuously evaluate the changing macro-economic conditions including inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, demand outlook and export markets, and the Company's market capitalization. Our reporting units with heightened risk of future impairments with $3.3 billion carrying value at September 28, 2024, as well as the brand with $0.5 billion carrying value, as described above, all had less than 20% of excess fair value above carrying value as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination with our Beef reporting unit having less than 10% excess fair value above carrying value. Consequently, their estimated fair values, especially our Beef reporting unit, remain highly sensitive to future discount rate increases, changing macro-economic conditions and achievement of projected long-term operating margins. Discount rates decreased by approximately 50 basis points from the date of our annual impairment assessment to September 28, 2024. Although the remaining reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets had more than 20% excess fair value over carrying amount as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination, they are also susceptible to impairments if any assumptions, estimates, or market factors significantly change in the future.
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded charges related to long-lived assets of $131 million, $101 million and $34 million, in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
41
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. For more information regarding business combinations, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000100493-23-000105.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021 for additional information related to fiscal 2021.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are one of the world’s largest food companies and a recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown under four generations of family leadership, the Company has a broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair®.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
Fiscal year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021.
General
Sales decreased slightly to $52.9 billion in fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022, largely due to decreased sales volumes in our Beef and Pork segments and lower average sales price in our Chicken and Pork segments, partially offset by increased sales volumes in our Chicken segment. We incurred an operating loss of $395 million in fiscal 2023 as compared to operating income of $4,410 million fiscal 2022, as we experienced lower operating income in all our segments other than the Prepared Foods segment. In fiscal 2023, our operating income was impacted by $781 million of goodwill impairment charges, $322 million of plant closure charges, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $124 million of restructuring and related charges, $17 million of product line discontinuation charges, and benefited by $53 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to fires at our production facilities and $19 million related to the relocation of a production facility in China. In fiscal 2022, our results were impacted by $66 million of restructuring and related charges and $62 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred related to fires at our production facilities.
Market Environment
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) decreased slightly in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. All segments experienced inflation in operating costs, especially in labor and certain materials, however, the rate of inflation started to decrease and protein prices began to level off. We continue to pursue recovery of increased input costs through pricing. Additionally, the conflict between Ukraine and Russia has led to economic sanctions against Russia and certain regions of Ukraine and Belarus. As of September 30, 2023, the impact of this conflict has not had a material direct impact on our consolidated financial performance. However, the conflict is still ongoing and there are many risks and uncertainties in relation to the conflict that are outside of our control. Furthermore, the conflict in the Middle East escalated in October 2023 creating economic and political uncertainty within the region. If these conflicts escalate further, impact additional regions or countries, or additional economic sanctions are imposed, it could have a material impact on our business operations and financial performance. The Beef segment experienced reduced supply of market-ready cattle and increased live cattle costs. The Pork segment experienced sufficient supply and reduced live hog costs, but was negatively impacted by softening global demand. The Chicken segment experienced increased feed ingredient and other input costs along with excess domestic supply impacts to sales pricing. The Prepared Foods segment experienced decreased raw material costs primarily due to lower meat costs.
The Federal Reserve has increased interest rates, and it is anticipated that interest rates will continue to rise in the near term. Our direct exposure to rising interest rates is somewhat tempered given our strong liquidity position in addition to our current debt structure in which most of our borrowings have fixed interest rates. At September 30, 2023, we had $3.0 billion of liquidity and our current debt was $1.9 billion. Should we need to issue additional debt or borrow under our existing revolving and term loan facilities, we may be exposed to higher interest rates than our current outstanding borrowings.
25
Margins
Our total operating margin was (0.7)% in fiscal 2023. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•Beef – (0.5)%
•Pork – (2.4)%
•Chicken – (4.5)%
•Prepared Foods – 8.4%
Strategy
Our strategy is to sustainably feed the world with the fastest growing protein brands. We intend to achieve our strategy as we: grow
our business by delivering superior value to consumers and customers; deliver fuel for growth and returns through commercial,
operational and financial excellence; and sustain our Company and our world for future generations.
We launched a new productivity program in fiscal 2022 to drive a better, faster and more agile organization that is supported by a culture of continuous improvement and faster decision-making. The execution of the program is supported by a program management office that ensures delivery of key project milestones and reports on savings achievements connected with the three pillars of the program. The first pillar is operational and functional excellence, which includes functional efficiency efforts in Finance, HR and Procurement focused on applying best practices to reduce costs. The second pillar is the use of new digital solutions like artificial intelligence and predictive analytics to drive efficiency in operations, supply chain planning, logistics and warehousing. The third pillar is automation, which will leverage automation and robotics technologies to automate difficult and higher turnover positions. We expect the productivity savings to be recognized in each of our reportable segments as they benefit from the achievements connected with the three pillars of the program. At this time, we do not anticipate costs associated with this program to be material and capital expenditures associated with automation and other activities are included in our capital expenditure expectations. We were targeting $1 billion in productivity savings by the end of fiscal 2024 relative to a fiscal 2021 cost baseline. We realized more than $700 million of productivity savings in fiscal 2022, which partially offset the impacts of inflationary market conditions, and we surpassed our aggregate $1 billion target in fiscal 2023, more than a year ahead of our plan.
The Company approved a restructuring program in fiscal 2022, the 2022 Program, which is expected to improve business performance, increase collaboration, enhance team member agility, enable faster decision-making and reduce redundancies. In conjunction with the 2022 Program, the Company relocated all of its corporate team members from the Chicago, Downers Grove and Dakota Dunes area corporate locations to its world headquarters in Springdale, Arkansas, through a phased relocation commencing in early calendar year 2023. In the third quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company approved an extension to the program related to removing additional redundancies in corporate overhead. We recognized $124 million and $66 million of pretax charges in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively, associated with the 2022 Program consisting of severance related costs, relocation and related costs, accelerated depreciation, contract and lease termination and professional and other fees. The Company currently anticipates the 2022 Program will result in cumulative pretax charges of approximately $224 million. As the Company continues to evaluate its business strategies and long-term growth targets, additional restructuring activities may occur. The following tables set forth the pretax impact of restructuring and related charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income and the pretax impact by our reportable segments for fiscal years ended 2023 and 2022. For further description refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges (in millions).
| 2023 | 2022 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cost of Sales | $ | 29 | $ | 18 | |
| Selling, General and Administrative | 95 | 48 | |||
| Total Restructuring and related charges, pretax | $ | 124 | $ | 66 |
| 2022 charges | 2023 charges | Estimated future charges | Total estimated 2022 Program charges | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Beef | $ | 16 | $ | 33 | $ | 3 | $ | 52 | ||||||
| Pork | 5 | 11 | 1 | 17 | ||||||||||
| Chicken | 6 | 16 | 2 | 24 | ||||||||||
| Prepared Foods | 36 | 49 | 24 | 109 | ||||||||||
| International/Other | 3 | 15 | 4 | 22 | ||||||||||
| Total Restructuring and related charges, pretax | $ | 66 | $ | 124 | $ | 34 | $ | 224 |
26
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
| Sales | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| Sales | $ | 52,881 | $ | 53,282 | $ | 47,049 | ||||
| Change in sales volume | 1.0 | % | (0.3) | % | ||||||
| Change in average sales price | (1.5) | % | 12.3 | % | ||||||
| Sales growth | (0.8) | % | 13.2 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by a increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of $507 million, driven by increased volumes in our Chicken segment partially offset by decreased volumes in our Beef segment due to the reduced domestic availability of live cattle and our Pork segment as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were negatively impacted by lower average sales prices, which accounted for a decrease of $752 million, driven by reduced pricing in our Pork and Chicken segments, partially offset by higher average sales prices in our Beef and Prepared Foods segments.
•The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2023 excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume, which accounted for a decrease of $121 million, driven by decreased volumes in our Pork and Prepared Foods segments and impacts associated with the challenging labor environment and continued supply chain constraints, partially offset by an increase in sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $5,809 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily due to the current inflationary environment and recovery of rapidly rising costs.
•The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2022 excludes the impact of a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2021.
| Cost of Sales | in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 50,250 | $ | 46,614 | $ | 40,523 | |||
| Gross profit | 2,631 | 6,668 | |||||||
| Cost of sales as a percentage of sales | 95.0 | % | 87.5 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Cost of sales increased $3,636 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales $444 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $3,192 million.
•The $3,192 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $2,135 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase due to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023, compared to net derivative gains of $225 million in fiscal 2022 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Increase of $322 million due to costs associated with plant closures.
•Increase of $238 million related to inventory lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments.
•Increase of approximately $36 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredients costs and growout expenses, partially offset by reduced outside meat purchases.
•Increase of approximately $24 million in our Chicken segment due to $11 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2023 compared to $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2022 related to the fire at our production facility in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease in live hog costs of approximately $295 million in our Pork segment.
•Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $175 million.
•Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $45 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
27
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes as well as the impact of the inflationary environment on our labor and other input costs, partially offset by savings from our productivity program.
•The $444 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Chicken segment.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Cost of sales increased $6,091 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales $104 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $6,195 million.
•The $6,195 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $1,950 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase of approximately $635 million in our Chicken segment related to the net impact of increased feed ingredient costs and growout expenses, partially offset by a reduction in outside meat purchases.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $615 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in live hog costs of approximately $270 million in our Pork segment.
•Increase in freight and transportation costs of approximately $485 million.
•Increase of approximately $120 million in frontline bonuses.
•Increase due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease due to net derivative gains of $225 million in fiscal 2022, compared to net derivative gains of $14 million in fiscal 2021 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Decrease of approximately $81 million in our Chicken segment related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of approximately $58 million in our Chicken segment related to insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of approximately $27 million in our Beef segment related to insurance proceeds related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes, the impact of the inflationary environment on our labor and other input costs and restructuring and related charges, partially offset by savings from our productivity program.
•The $104 million impact of lower sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volumes in our Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
| Selling, General and Administrative | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | $ | 2,245 | $ | 2,258 | $ | 2,130 | ||||
| As a percentage of sales | 4.2 | % | 4.2 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Decrease of $13 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $171 million in employee costs primarily from incentive-based compensation.
•Decrease of $26 million in professional fees.
•Increase of $71 million from a gain recognized in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 from recoveries related to a cattle suppliers misappropriation of Company funds.
•Increase of $57 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Increase of $47 million in restructuring and related costs.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Increase of $128 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Increase of $48 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Increase of $47 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Increase of $38 million in technology related costs.
•Increase of $34 million in employee costs.
•Increase of $24 million in donations.
28
•Increase of $15 million in travel and entertainment costs.
•Decrease of $33 million in commission and brokerage fees.
•Decrease of $27 million in depreciation and amortization.
•Decrease of $16 million from the change in the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, resulting from a $71 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 as compared to a $55 million gain recognized in the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021.
Goodwill Impairment
2023 vs 2022
•During the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we experienced lower than anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market capitalization to below our book value. Consequently, we performed an interim assessment of goodwill and recorded a $448 million goodwill impairment charge. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, long-term treasury rates increased which caused an increase in the discount rates we utilize in determining the fair value of our reporting units. The increased discount rates caused the Company to perform goodwill impairment assessments in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, which resulted in an additional $333 million goodwill impairment charge.
| Interest Expense | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| $ | 355 | $ | 365 |
2023 / 2022 –
•Interest expense primarily included interest expense related to our senior notes, commercial paper, term loans and commitment fees incurred on our revolving credit facility less capitalized interest. The decrease in interest expense in fiscal 2023 was primarily due to increased capitalized interest of $25 million and the impact of the redemption of the June 2022 Senior Notes in fiscal 2022, partially offset by increased commercial paper term loan balances.
| Other (Income) Expense, net | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| $ | (42) | $ | (87) |
2023 – Included $22 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $17 million of foreign exchange gains and $12 million of joint venture earnings.
2022 – Included $58 million of foreign exchange losses, $52 million of production facilities fires insurance proceeds, $45 million of joint venture earnings and $37 million of gains on equity investments due to observable price changes in fiscal 2022.
| Effective Tax Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | ||||
| 4.3 | % | 21.7 | % |
The percentage impacts on the effective tax rate were greater in fiscal 2023 due to the level of pretax income (loss) in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. Additionally, tax benefits increased the effective tax rate on a pretax loss in fiscal 2023 and decreased the effective tax rate on pretax income in fiscal 2022.
2023 – The effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate due to a $781 million non-deductible goodwill impairment, partially offset by income tax credits and a $26 million benefit from the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2023.
2022 – The effective tax rate includes a $36 million benefit from the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2022.
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson | in millions, except per share data | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson | $ | (648) | $ | 3,238 | ||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson - per diluted share | (1.87) | 8.92 |
2023 – Included the following items:
•$757 million pretax, or ($2.13) per diluted share, of goodwill impairment charges (non-tax deductible) net of $24 million associated with Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
•$322 million pretax, or ($0.67) per diluted share, of charges related to plant closures.
•$156 million pretax, or ($0.33) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•$124 million pretax, or ($0.26) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
29
•$75 million pretax, or $0.16 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
•$26 million post tax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities at lower enacted state tax rates.
•$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of product line discontinuation charges.
•$16 million pretax, or $0.03 per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China net of $3 million associated with Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
2022 – Included the following items:
•$114 million pretax, or $0.23 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
•$66 million pretax, or ($0.14) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$36 million post tax, or $0.10 per diluted share, from remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities at lower enacted state tax rates.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss) for fiscal years ended 2023, 2022 and 2021, which is how we measure segment income (loss):
| in millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales | Operating Income (Loss) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||||
| Beef | $ | 19,325 | $ | 19,854 | $ | 17,999 | $ | (91) | $ | 2,502 | $ | 3,240 | ||||||||||
| Pork | 5,768 | 6,414 | 6,277 | (139) | 193 | 328 | ||||||||||||||||
| Chicken | 17,060 | 16,961 | 13,733 | (770) | 955 | (625) | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepared Foods | 9,845 | 9,689 | 8,853 | 823 | 746 | 1,456 | ||||||||||||||||
| International/Other | 2,515 | 2,355 | 1,990 | (218) | 14 | (3) | ||||||||||||||||
| Intersegment Sales | (1,632) | (1,991) | (1,803) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 52,881 | $ | 53,282 | $ | 47,049 | $ | (395) | $ | 4,410 | $ | 4,396 |
| Beef Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 19,325 | $ | 19,854 | $ | (529) | $ | 17,999 | $ | 1,855 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (3.1) | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 0.4 | % | 10.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (91) | $ | 2,502 | $ | (2,593) | $ | 3,240 | $ | (738) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (0.5) | % | 12.6 | % | 18.0 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased in fiscal 2023 due to lower availability of live cattle.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased slightly due to price increases associated with reduced live cattle supply and increased input costs, partially offset by reduced export demand and softening demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to unfavorable market conditions, including higher fed cattle costs. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by a $333 million goodwill impairment charge and benefited from $42 million of insurance proceeds related to a fire at a production facility in fiscal 2019, partially offset by $33 million of restructuring and related charges. Operating income in fiscal 2022 was impacted by $27 million of insurance proceeds related to a fire at a production facility in fiscal 2019, and $16 million of restructuring and related charges.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat in fiscal 2022.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as input costs such as live cattle, labor and freight and transportation costs increased and demand for our beef products remained strong in the first half of the fiscal year.
30
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased as margins compressed from historically high levels, paired with continued increased operating costs as a result of inflationary market environment. Operating income benefited from a $71 million gain due to a settlement in fiscal 2022, compared to a $55 million gain from the recovery of cattle inventory in fiscal 2021, related to a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 benefited from $27 million of insurance proceeds related to a fire at a production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, partially offset by $16 million of restructuring and related charges.
| Pork Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 5,768 | $ | 6,414 | $ | (646) | $ | 6,277 | $ | 137 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (2.2) | % | (1.9) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (7.9) | % | 4.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (139) | $ | 193 | $ | (332) | $ | 328 | $ | (135) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (2.4) | % | 3.0 | % | 5.2 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to reduced global demand.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to compressed pork margins, increased operating costs as a result of the inflationary market environment, losses incurred in our live hog operations and impacts from a production facility fire in the third quarter of fiscal 2023.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to reduced domestic availability of live hogs.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as input costs such as live hogs, labor, freight and transportation costs increased, partially offset by unfavorable mix associated with labor shortages.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased due to periods of compressed pork margins and increased operating costs as a result of the inflationary market environment. Additionally, volatile market conditions resulted in net derivative gains of $10 million in fiscal 2022 and net derivative losses of $90 million in fiscal 2021, which excludes the impacts of related physical purchase transactions.
| Chicken Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 17,060 | $ | 16,961 | $ | 99 | $ | 13,733 | $ | 3,228 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 3.4 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | (1.9) | % | 18.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (770) | $ | 955 | $ | (1,725) | $ | (625) | $ | 1,580 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (4.5) | % | 5.6 | % | (4.6) | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to improved domestic production and the sell-through of inventory, partially offset by strategic initiative mix impacts.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the challenging market conditions. The change in average sales price for the fiscal 2023 excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased in fiscal 2023 primarily due to the impacts of inflationary market conditions as well as operational impacts associated with strategic decisions in the first half of fiscal 2023. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $300 million of higher feed ingredient costs and $80 million of net derivative losses as compared to $195 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2022. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $322 million in plant closure charges, $210 million of goodwill impairment charges, $156 million in legal contingency accruals and $16 million in restructuring and related charges, offset by $11 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred associated with a production facility fire in fiscal 2021.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to improved domestic production partially offset by inventory growth and strategic initiative mix impacts.
31
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased primarily due to the effects of pricing initiatives in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased in fiscal 2022 primarily due to higher average sales prices and increased sales volume, partially offset by the impacts of inflationary market conditions including increased supply chain and labor costs. Operating income in fiscal 2022 was impacted by $595 million of higher feed ingredient costs, offset by $195 million of net derivative gains as compared to $65 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2021. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 benefited from $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred related to a fire at a production facility. Operating income in fiscal 2021 was impacted by $626 million of losses from the recognition of legal contingency accruals and $23 million of expenses related to a fire at a production facility.
| Prepared Foods Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | 2021 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 9,845 | $ | 9,689 | $ | 156 | $ | 8,853 | $ | 836 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 0.3 | % | (4.1) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 1.3 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 823 | $ | 746 | $ | 77 | $ | 1,456 | $ | (710) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 8.4 | % | 7.7 | % | 16.4 | % |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased slightly for fiscal 2023 as increased retail volumes were partially offset by a reduction in foodservice volumes.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to the effects of revenue management in an inflationary cost environment and favorable product mix.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased in fiscal 2023 driven by higher average sales prices and a $45 million reduction in raw material costs, partially offset by increased marketing, advertising and promotion spend. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $17 million of product line discontinuation charges and $49 million of restructuring and related charges.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased in fiscal 2022 due to the impacts of uneven foodservice recovery, the divestiture of our pet treats business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, increased pricing and a challenging supply environment impacting the first half of fiscal 2022.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to the effects of revenue management in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased in fiscal 2022 due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Higher average sales prices were offset by the impacts of inflationary market conditions, including $615 million of increased raw materials and other input costs in fiscal 2022 in addition to increased supply chain and labor costs. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 was impacted by $36 million of restructuring and related charges.
| International/Other Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,515 | $ | 2,355 | $ | 160 | $ | 1,990 | $ | 365 | ||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | (218) | 14 | (232) | (3) | 17 |
2023 vs. 2022 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to volume growth and pricing actions to offset the high inflationary cost environment, which was partially offset by foreign exchange rate movements.
•Operating Loss – Operating income (loss) decreased in fiscal 2023 due to a $238 million goodwill impairment.
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to volume growth and higher pricing in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Loss – Operating income increased primarily due to $27 million of charges incurred in 2021 related to the relocation of a production facility in China which did not recur in fiscal 2022, partially offset by the impacts of global inflationary market conditions.
32
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | (649) | $ | 3,249 | ||
| Non-cash items in net income (loss): | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 1,339 | 1,202 | ||||
| Deferred income taxes | (183) | 264 | ||||
| Impairment of goodwill | 781 | — | ||||
| Impairments and disposals of assets | 101 | 34 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 61 | 93 | ||||
| Other, net | 115 | (51) | ||||
| Net changes in operating assets and liabilities | 187 | (2,104) | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 1,752 | $ | 2,687 |
•The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to lower earnings as a result of operations and a decrease in Accounts Payable, offset by decreases in legal, annual incentive and tax payments, decreases in Accounts Receivable and Inventory, and an increase in insurance proceeds received.
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (1,939) | $ | (1,887) | ||
| (Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net | (2) | (1) | ||||
| Acquisitions, net of cash acquired | (262) | — | ||||
| Acquisition of equity investments | (115) | (177) | ||||
| Other, net | 19 | 130 | ||||
| Net cash used for investing activities | $ | (2,299) | $ | (1,935) |
•Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•Approximately $1.3 billion will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at September 30, 2023.
•We expect capital expenditures between $1 billion and $1.5 billion for fiscal 2024. Capital expenditures include investments in profit improvement projects as well as projects for maintenance and repair. This includes completion of capacity expansion projects as well as new equipment, automation technology and processes for product innovation.
•Acquisitions, net of cash for fiscal 2023 included $223 million, net of cash acquired, for our acquisition of Williams Sausage Company and $39 million for the 60% equity stake in Supreme Foods Processing Company, a producer and distributor of value-added and cooked chicken and beef products.
•Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2023 primarily included: the purchase of minority interest in a global insect-based ingredients company; the purchase of a minority interest in a fully integrated poultry company in the Middle East that produces broiler chickens and operates hatcheries and feed mills; and deferred payments related to prior year equity method investment.
•Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2022 included the purchase of a minority interest in a South American-based fully integrated poultry company.
•Other, net for fiscal 2023 primarily included insurance proceeds received related to fires at our production facilities. Other, net for fiscal 2022 primarily included insurance proceeds received related to fires at our production facilities, proceeds from the disposition of assets and changes in deposits for capital expenditures.
33
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of debt | $ | 1,130 | $ | 103 | ||
| Payments on debt | (603) | (1,191) | ||||
| Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper | 7,693 | — | ||||
| Repayments of commercial paper | (7,103) | — | ||||
| Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock | (354) | (702) | ||||
| Dividends | (670) | (653) | ||||
| Stock options exercised | 11 | 126 | ||||
| Other, net | (16) | (6) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities | $ | 88 | $ | (2,323) |
•During fiscal 2023, proceeds from issuance of debt included $1 billion of proceeds from the issuance of a term loan facility due May 2026.
•Payments on debt included:
•2023 – In September 2023, we extinguished the $400 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due September 2023.
•2022 – In March 2022, we extinguished the $1 billion outstanding balance of our senior notes due June 2022.
•Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•$300 million and $587 million of cash paid for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively.
•$54 million and $115 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively.
•Dividends paid during fiscal 2023 included a 4% increase to our fiscal 2022 quarterly dividend rate.
| Liquidity | in millions | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commitments Expiration Date | Facility Amount | Outstanding Letters of Credit (no draw downs) | Amount Borrowed | Amount Available at September 30, 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 573 | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 15 | |||||||||||||||
| Term loan facility | May 2026 | $ | 1,000 | $ | — | $ | 1,000 | — | ||||||||
| Term loan facility | May 2028 | 750 | — | — | 750 | |||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility | September 2026 | 2,250 | — | — | 2,250 | |||||||||||
| Commercial Paper | (592) | |||||||||||||||
| Total liquidity | $ | 2,996 |
•Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and availability under our revolving credit and term loan facilities, less the outstanding commercial paper balance.
•At September 30, 2023, we had current debt of $1,895 million, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources.
•In fiscal 2023, we executed two new term loan facilities totaling $1.75 billion to refinance our short-term promissory notes ("commercial paper program") and for general corporate purposes. The first term loan facility totaling $1.0 billion matures on May 3, 2026 and we borrowed the full $1.0 billion available under this loan facility. The second term loan facility totaling $750 million matures on May 3, 2028 and at September 30, 2023, we had no outstanding borrowings under this facility. In November 2023, we borrowed the full $750 million available under the second term loan facility to refinance the outstanding commercial paper and for general corporate purposes.
•The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2023. Under the terms of the facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.
•We expect net interest expense will approximate $400 million for fiscal 2024.
•Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities (“current ratio”) was 1.3 to 1 and 1.8 to 1 at September 30, 2023, and October 1, 2022, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2023 was primarily due to decreased cash and cash equivalents and increased current debt.
34
•At September 30, 2023, $539 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate any excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit and Term Loan Facilities
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program. Additionally, we have $1.75 billion in committed term loan facilities of which $1.0 billion was drawn upon as of September 30, 2023.
At September 30, 2023, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit and term loan facilities totaled $3.0 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1.5 billion. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of September 30, 2023, we had $592 million commercial paper outstanding under this program with maturities less than 20 days. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At September 30, 2023, and October 1, 2022, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 9.1x and 1.3x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures. The increase in this ratio at September 30, 2023 is due to an increase in net debt of $1,629 million and a decrease of $4,712 million in EBITDA.
Credit Ratings
Term Loan Facility due May 2028
Standard & Poor’s Rating Services’, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), applicable rating is “BBB+”. Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) applicable rating is “Baa2”. The below table outlines the commitment fee on any unused borrowing capacity and the borrowing spread on the outstanding principal balance of our term loan facility due May 2028 that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody’s.
| Ratings Level (Moody’s/S&P) | Commitment Fee | Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Baal/BBB+ or above (current level) | 0.100 | % | 1.625 | % |
| Baa2/BBB | 0.125 | % | 1.750 | % |
| Baa3/BBB- or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.875 | % |
Term Loan Facility due May 2026
S&P applicable rating is “BBB+” and Moody’s applicable rating is “Baa2”. The below table outlines the borrowing spread on the outstanding principal balance of our term loan facility due May 2026 that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody’s.
| Ratings Level (Moody’s/S&P) | Borrowing Spread | |
|---|---|---|
| A2/A or above | 0.875 | % |
| A3/A- | 1.000 | % |
| Baal/BBB+ (current level) | 1.125 | % |
| Baa2/BBB | 1.250 | % |
| Baa3/BBB- or lower | 1.375 | % |
35
Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is “BBB+.” Moody's applicable rating is “Baa2.” The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility (“Facility Fee Rate”) and letter of credit fees and borrowings (“All-in Borrowing Spread”) that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.
| Ratings Level (S&P/Moody’s) | Facility Fee Rate | All-in Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2/A or above | 0.700 | % | 0.875 | % |
| A3/A- | 0.090 | % | 1.000 | % |
| Baal/BBB+ (current level) | 0.100 | % | 1.125 | % |
| Baa2/BBB | 0.125 | % | 1.250 | % |
| Baa3/BBB or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.375 | % |
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at September 30, 2023 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $149 million at the end of fiscal 2023 as compared to an underfunded position of $159 million at the end of fiscal 2022. We contributed $13 million in fiscal 2023 and expect to contribute approximately $15 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2024. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding in fiscal 2024 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
36
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2023 (in millions):
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2025-2026 | 2027-2028 | 2029 and thereafter | Total | ||||||||||||||
| Debt principal payments (1) | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,844 | $ | 1,387 | $ | 4,452 | $ | 9,582 | ||||||||
| Interest payments (2) | 416 | 696 | 481 | 2,800 | 4,393 | |||||||||||||
| Guarantees (3) | 12 | 34 | 15 | 24 | 85 | |||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations (4) | 171 | 221 | 100 | 99 | 591 | |||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations (5) | 424 | 444 | 129 | 149 | 1,146 | |||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures (6) | 1,067 | 248 | — | — | 1,315 | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (7) | — | — | — | — | 842 | |||||||||||||
| Total contractual commitments | $ | 3,989 | $ | 3,487 | $ | 2,112 | $ | 7,524 | $ | 17,954 |
(1)In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at September 30, 2023, and expected payment dates.
(3)Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)Amounts include agreements with a remaining term in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of September 30, 2023. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of September 30, 2023.
(7)Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. We are unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2023; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $193 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $117 million and related interest and penalties of $50 million at September 30, 2023, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at September 30, 2023, based on the estimated fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $295 million. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market conditions, we have recorded an $8 million allowance for these programs' estimated credit losses at September 30, 2023.
37
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt:
| in millions, except ratio data | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | (649) | $ | 3,249 | $ | 3,060 | ||||
| Less: Interest income | (30) | (17) | (8) | |||||||
| Add: Interest expense | 355 | 365 | 428 | |||||||
| Add/(Less): Income tax expense (benefit) | (29) | 900 | 981 | |||||||
| Add: Depreciation | 1,100 | 945 | 934 | |||||||
| Add: Amortization (a) | 229 | 246 | 261 | |||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 976 | $ | 5,688 | $ | 5,656 | ||||
| Total gross debt | $ | 9,506 | $ | 8,321 | $ | 9,348 | ||||
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | (573) | (1,031) | (2,507) | |||||||
| Less: Short-term investments | (15) | (1) | — | |||||||
| Total net debt | $ | 8,918 | $ | 7,289 | $ | 6,841 | ||||
| Ratio Calculations: | ||||||||||
| Gross debt/EBITDA | 9.7x | 1.5x | 1.7x | |||||||
| Net debt/EBITDA | 9.1x | 1.3x | 1.2x | |||||||
| Return on invested capital (b) | (1.4 | %) | 13.4 | % | 13.3 | % | ||||
| Total debt to capitalization (c) | 34.2 | % | 29.6 | % | 34.4 | % | ||||
| Book value per share (d) | $ | 51.37 | $ | 55.04 | $ | 48.95 |
(a)Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $10 million, $11 million, $19 million for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.
(b)Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income (loss), calculated by applying the Company’s effective tax rate to operating income (loss), by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c)For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d)Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
38
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $156 million and $626 million of charges in fiscal 2023 and 2021, respectively, from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.
39
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at September 30, 2023, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Due to the complexity of some of these judgments and uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was $6 million in fiscal 2023. The projected benefit obligation was $176 million at the end of fiscal 2023. Unrecognized actuarial gain was $13 million at the end of fiscal 2023. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $7 million in fiscal 2024. We expect to contribute approximately $15 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2024. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
40
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at September 30, 2023, would not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at September 30, 2023, would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite life intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business, sustained decline in market capitalization or significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may more likely than not be less than its carrying amount or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
41
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, macro-economic trends, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples. We consider reporting units that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2022 and 2021 goodwill impairment analyses did not result in impairment charges.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we experienced lower than previously anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market capitalization to below book value. Consequently, based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was necessary to perform a quantitative assessment for all of our reporting units. Based on this assessment, we determined that all of our reporting units’ estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values other than one of our Chicken segment reporting units and two of our International/Other reporting units. For these reporting units, we recognized a $448 million goodwill impairment charge including $210 million to partially impair the goodwill of a Chicken segment reporting unit and $238 million to fully impair the goodwill of two of our International/Other reporting units.
We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the first day of our fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 and determined it was necessary to perform quantitative assessments for our Beef, Pork and two Chicken segment reporting units, as all of these reporting units were at heightened risk of impairment following the third quarter assessment. Based on this assessment, we determined that our Beef, Pork and two Chicken reporting units’ estimated fair values exceeded their carrying value, and thus, it did not result in any additional goodwill impairments.
However, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we experienced an increase in long-term treasury rates which caused a net 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used in estimating the fair value of the reporting units. Consequently, because of our qualitative assessment, we determined it was necessary to perform a quantitative assessment for our Beef, Pork and two Chicken segment reporting units as of September 30, 2023. Based on this quantitative assessment, we determined that our Pork and two Chicken segment reporting units' estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values. The fair value of our Beef reporting unit, which had $676 million of goodwill at the time of the assessment, did not exceed its carrying value. For the Beef reporting unit, the increased discount rate resulted in a decrease in its estimated fair value to below its carrying value. Accordingly, we recognized a $333 million goodwill impairment charge to partially impair its goodwill. Following the September 30, 2023 assessment, our Beef, Pork and two Chicken segment reporting units, with total goodwill of approximately $3.8 billion, are at heightened risk of impairment.
Our Beef segment reporting unit had goodwill of $0.3 billion at September 30, 2023, after the impairment. In estimating its fair value, we generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to challenging market conditions associated with lower cattle supplies which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. The Beef reporting unit's goodwill was written down to its fair value resulting in no excess fair value over carrying amount as of September 30, 2023. Any increase in the discount rate or reduced estimated long-term operating margins to below 2.0%-3.0% (breakeven), with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of this reporting unit to exceed its fair value, which may have resulted in an additional material goodwill impairment loss.
Our Pork segment reporting unit had goodwill at September 30, 2023 of $0.4 billion. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those in fiscal 2023, we would have failed the impairment quantitative tests, which may have resulted in material goodwill impairment losses. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to challenging market conditions associated with higher availability of live hogs supplies during a period of reduced global demand and compressed pork margins which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. To pass the impairment quantitative tests, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to average approximately 4.0%-5.0% (breakeven). Additionally, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 10-25 basis points at September 30, 2023, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of this reporting unit to exceed its fair value, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss.
42
Our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill at September 30, 2023 of $3.1 billion. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those realized in fiscal 2023, we would have failed the impairment quantitative test, which may have resulted in material goodwill impairment losses. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to challenging market conditions associated with excess domestic supply impacts, losses incurred associated with derivatives, legal contingencies, and restructuring, which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. To pass the impairment quantitative test, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to average approximately 5.0%-6.0% (breakeven). Additionally, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 25-50 basis points at September 30, 2023, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying values of the Chicken segment's reporting units to approximate its fair value, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss.
Our remaining reporting units had goodwill of $6.0 billion at September 30, 2023, and were not considered at heightened risk of impairment as of the date of its most recent estimated fair value determination which was in the third quarter of fiscal 2023. A hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 125-150 basis points as of the date of its most recent estimated fair value determination, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of the Prepared Foods reporting unit, with goodwill of $5.9 billion at September 30, 2023, to approximate its fair value. Discount rates utilized in the discounted cash flow method have increased approximately 50 basis points since the third quarter of fiscal 2023 assessment through September 30, 2023.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. We consider indefinite life intangible assets that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2023, 2022, and 2021 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge.
All of our indefinite life intangible assets estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination, which was in the annual assessment as of the beginning of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, other than two of our Prepared Foods brands with carrying values of $0.5 billion and $0.3 billion at September 30, 2023. For the brand with a carrying value $0.5 billion, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 50 basis points as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value to approximate its fair value. For the brand with a carrying value $0.3 billion, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 100 basis points as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value to approximate its fair value. We generally assumed operating margins and growth rates in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins and growth rates consistent with those realized in fiscal 2023, we would have failed the impairment quantitative test, which may have resulted in material impairment losses. The current year results are not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to the impacts of rapid inflationary pressures and volatile market conditions which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. We do not currently consider any of our other indefinite life intangible assets, which had aggregate carrying value of $3.3 billion at September 30, 2023, to be at heightened risk of impairment.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and intangible assets during the last three years.
Our impairment analysis contains inherent estimates and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions. The assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value require considerable judgement and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions. These assumptions can change in future periods as a result of overall economic conditions, including the impacts of inflationary pressures, increased interest and discount rates, global supply chain constraints and decreased market capitalization, amongst others. As a result, there can be no assurance that estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of assessing impairments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Potential circumstances that could have a negative effect on the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets include, but are not limited to, lower than forecasted growth rates or operating margins and changes in discount rates. A reduction in the estimated fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets could trigger an impairment in the future. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances that might adversely affect the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets.
43
We continuously evaluate the changing macro-economic conditions including inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, demand outlook and export markets as well as the Company’s decreased market capitalization. Our reporting units with heightened risk of future impairments with $3.8 billion carrying value at September 30, 2023, as well as the brand with $0.5 billion carrying value, as described above, all have less than 10% of excess fair value above carrying value as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination. Consequently, their estimated fair values remain highly sensitive to future discount rate increases, changing macro-economic conditions and achievement of projected long-term operating margins. Discount rates increased by approximately 50 basis points from the date of our annual impairment assessment to September 30, 2023. Although the remaining reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets generally had more than 20% excess fair value over carrying amount as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination, they are also susceptible to impairments if any assumptions, estimates, or market factors significantly change in the future.
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded charges related to long-lived assets of $101 million, $34 million and $60 million, in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
44
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. For more information regarding business combinations, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000100493-22-000097.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020 for additional information related to fiscal 2020.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are one of the world’s largest food companies and a recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown under four generations of family leadership, the Company has a broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair®.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
Fiscal year
The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2020.
General
Sales grew 13% in fiscal 2022 over fiscal 2021 to $53.3 billion largely due to increased sales growth across each of our segments primarily due to higher average sales prices combined with $545 million in legal contingency accruals recognized as a reduction to sales in fiscal 2021. The higher average sales prices were primarily due to the current inflationary environment and recovery of rapidly rising costs, such as labor, freight and transportation, livestock, feed ingredients and other input costs. Operating income of $4,410 million in fiscal 2022 was up slightly compared to fiscal 2021, as improved Chicken results were offset by a decline in operating income in the Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments. In fiscal 2022, our operating income was impacted by $66 million of restructuring and related charges and $62 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to fires at our production facilities. In fiscal 2021, our operating income was impacted by $626 million of charges related to legal contingency accruals, $27 million of charges related to the relocation of a production facility in China, $23 million of production facilities fire costs, net of insurance proceeds and a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
24
Market Environment
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) was relatively flat in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. All segments experienced inflation in operating costs, especially in labor, freight and transportation and certain materials, and we expect these trends to continue through fiscal 2023. Additionally, grain and feed ingredient costs have increased substantially, which impacts all of our segments. We pursue recovery of these increased costs through pricing. The Federal Reserve recently increased interest rates, and it is anticipated that interest rates will continue to rise in the near term. Our direct exposure to rising interest rates is somewhat tempered given our strong liquidity position in addition to our current debt structure in which nearly all of our borrowings have fixed interest rates. At October 1, 2022, we had $3.3 billion of liquidity and our current debt was $459 million. Should we need to issue additional debt or borrow under our existing revolving credit facility, we may be exposed to higher interest rates than our current outstanding borrowings. The Beef segment experienced strong demand, sufficient supply of market-ready cattle and increased live cattle costs. The Pork segment experienced reduced domestic availability of live hogs. The Chicken segment experienced strong demand and increased feed ingredient and other input costs. The Prepared Foods segment experienced increased costs largely due to the impacts of an inflationary environment. Additionally, the conflict between Ukraine and Russia has led to economic sanctions against Russia and certain regions of Ukraine and Belarus. As of October 1, 2022, the impact of this conflict has not had a material direct impact on our consolidated financial performance. However, the conflict is still ongoing and there are many risks and uncertainties in relation to the conflict that are outside of our control. If the conflict escalates further or if additional countries join the conflict and additional economic sanctions are imposed, it could have a material impact on our business operations and financial performance.
COVID-19
We continue to proactively monitor and respond to the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact to our global business. Our ongoing COVID-19 task force was formed for the primary purposes of maintaining the health and safety of our team members, ensuring our ability to operate our processing facilities and maintaining the liquidity of our business. We have experienced and continue to experience multiple challenges related to the pandemic. The most significant challenge we face is the availability of team members to operate our production facilities as our production facilities continue to experience varying levels of absenteeism. The health and safety of our team members remains our top priority, and we continue to provide a variety of health and safety resources and services to team members and their family members. Additionally, we have experienced some challenges in our supply chain such as volatility of inputs, availability of shipping containers and port congestion. These challenges impacted our operating costs, but generally, we experienced lower direct incremental costs associated with COVID-19 in fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021. The long-term impacts of COVID-19 remain uncertain and will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, COVID-19 variants and resurgences, and related actions taken by federal, state and local government officials to prevent and manage disease spread, and effectively distribute and administer vaccinations, all of which contain some level of uncertainty and cannot be easily predicted.
Margins
Our total operating margin was 8.3% in fiscal 2022. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•Beef – 12.6%
•Pork – 3.0%
•Chicken – 5.6%
•Prepared Foods – 7.7%
Strategy
Our strategy is to sustainably feed the world with the fastest growing protein brands. We intend to achieve our strategy as we: grow
our business by delivering superior value to consumers and customers; deliver fuel for growth and returns through commercial,
operational and financial excellence; and sustain our Company and our world for future generations.
•In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we initiated a plan to sell our pet treats business, which was included in our Prepared Foods segment. In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the business for $1.2 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments. The business had a net carrying value of approximately $411 million as of July 6, 2021, which included approximately $44 million of working capital consisting of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable, $17 million of property, plant and equipment and $350 million of goodwill. The transaction closed on July 6, 2021, and we recognized a gain of $784 million from the sale of this business, which is reflected in cost of sales in our Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal 2021.
25
•Beginning in fiscal 2022, we launched a new productivity program, which is designed to drive a better, faster and more agile organization that is supported by a culture of continuous improvement and faster decision-making. We were targeting $1 billion in productivity savings by the end of fiscal 2024, which included more than $400 million in fiscal 2022, relative to a fiscal 2021 cost baseline. The execution of this program is supported by a program management office that ensures delivery of key project milestones and reports on savings achievements connected with the three pillars of the program. The first pillar is operational and functional excellence, which includes functional efficiency efforts in Finance, HR and Procurement focused on applying best practices to reduce costs. The second pillar is the use of new digital solutions like artificial intelligence and predictive analytics to drive efficiency in operations, supply chain planning, logistics and warehousing. The third pillar is automation, which will leverage automation and robotics technologies to automate difficult and higher turnover positions. We expect the productivity savings to be recognized in each of our reportable segments as they benefit from the achievements connected with the three pillars of the program. At this time, we do not anticipate costs associated with this program to be material and capital expenditures associated with automation and other activities are included in our capital expenditure expectations. We realized more than $700 million of productivity savings in fiscal 2022, which partially offset the impacts of inflationary market conditions, and we now believe we will exceed our $1 billion target in fiscal 2023.
•In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, the Company approved a restructuring program, the 2022 Program, which is expected to improve business performance, increase collaboration, enhance team member agility, enable faster decision-making and reduce redundancies. In conjunction with the 2022 Program, the Company plans to bring together all its corporate team members from the Chicago, Downers Grove and Dakota Dunes area corporate locations to its world headquarters in Springdale, Arkansas, through a phased relocation commencing in early calendar year 2023. We have recognized $66 million of pretax charges in fiscal 2022 associated with the 2022 Program consisting of severance related costs. The Company currently anticipates the 2022 Program will result in cumulative pretax charges of approximately $293 million, which consists primarily of severance costs, relocation and related costs, accelerated depreciation, contract and lease terminations and professional and other fees. The following tables set forth the pretax impact of restructuring and related charges incurred in fiscal 2022 in the Consolidated Statements of Income and the pretax impact by our reportable segments. For further description refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges.
| in millions | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2022 | ||
| Cost of Sales | $ | 18 |
| Selling, General and Administrative | 48 | |
| Total Restructuring and related charges, pretax | $ | 66 |
| in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total estimated | ||||||||
| 2022 charges | Estimated future charges | 2022 Program charges | ||||||
| Beef | $ | 16 | $ | 58 | $ | 74 | ||
| Pork | 5 | 25 | 30 | |||||
| Chicken | 6 | 2 | 8 | |||||
| Prepared Foods | 36 | 135 | 171 | |||||
| International/Other | 3 | 7 | 10 | |||||
| Total Restructuring and related charges, pretax | $ | 66 | $ | 227 | $ | 293 |
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
| Sales | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Sales | $ | 53,282 | $ | 47,049 | $ | 43,185 | ||||
| Change in sales volume | (0.3) | % | (2.8) | % | ||||||
| Change in average sales price | 12.3 | % | 13.0 | % | ||||||
| Sales growth | 13.2 | % | 8.9 | % |
26
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume, which accounted for a decrease of $121 million, driven by decreased volumes in our Pork and Prepared Foods segments and impacts associated with the challenging labor environment and continued supply chain constraints, partially offset by an increase in sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $5,809 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily due to the current inflationary environment and recovery of rapidly rising costs.
•The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2022 excludes the impact of a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2021.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume across each of our segments, which accounted for a decrease of $1,190 million, due in part to the impacts of a challenging labor environment as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $5,599 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily attributable to favorable product mix and the pass through of increased raw material costs.
•The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
| Cost of Sales | in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 46,614 | $ | 40,523 | $ | 37,801 | |||
| Gross profit | 6,668 | 6,526 | |||||||
| Cost of sales as a percentage of sales | 87.5 | % | 86.1 | % |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Cost of sales increased $6,091 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales $104 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $6,195 million.
•The $6,195 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $1,950 million in our Beef segment.
•Increase of approximately $635 million in our Chicken segment related to the net impact of increased feed ingredient costs and growout expenses, partially offset by a reduction in outside meat purchases.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $615 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in live hog costs of approximately $270 million in our Pork segment.
•Increase in freight and transportation costs of approximately $485 million.
•Increase of approximately $120 million in frontline bonuses.
•Increase due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease due to net derivative gains of $225 million in fiscal 2022, compared to net derivative gains of $14 million in fiscal 2021 due to our risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•Decrease of approximately $81 million in our Chicken segment related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of approximately $58 million in our Chicken segment related to insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Decrease of approximately $27 million in our Beef segment related to insurance proceeds related to the fire at our production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes, the impact of the inflationary environment on our labor and other input costs and restructuring and related charges, partially offset by savings from our productivity program.
•The $104 million impact of lower sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volumes in our Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
27
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Cost of sales increased $2,722 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales $1,041 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $3,763 million.
•The $3,763 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live hog costs of approximately $980 million in our Pork segment.
•Increase of approximately $945 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredient costs, growout expenses and outside meat purchases.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $520 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in freight and transportation costs of approximately $315 million.
•Increase of approximately $81 million in our Chicken segment related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $160 million in our Beef segment.
•Decrease due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
•Decrease of $165 million due to reduction in direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19, primarily related to the payment of $114 million in thank you bonuses during fiscal 2020.
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments was primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes, as well as, production inefficiencies, increased labor costs due in part to the impacts associated with a challenging labor environment and COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020.
•The $1,041 million impact of lower sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volume in each of our segments in fiscal 2021 due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 and a challenging labor environment as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
| Selling, General and Administrative | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | $ | 2,258 | $ | 2,130 | $ | 2,376 | ||||
| As a percentage of sales | 4.2 | % | 4.5 | % |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Increase of $128 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Increase of $48 million in restructuring and related costs.
•Increase of $47 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Increase of $38 million in technology related costs.
•Increase of $34 million in employee costs.
•Increase of $24 million in donations.
•Increase of $15 million in travel and entertainment costs.
•Decrease of $33 million in commission and brokerage fees.
•Decrease of $27 million in depreciation and amortization.
•Decrease of $16 million from the change in the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, resulting from a $71 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 as compared to a $55 million gain recognized in the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Decrease of $246 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $161 million from the change in the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, resulting from a $55 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory in the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021 as compared to a $106 million loss recognized in the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020.
•Decrease of $60 million from restructuring and related charges incurred in fiscal 2020.
•Decrease of $56 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $27 million in donations.
•Decrease of $24 million in commission and brokerage fees.
•Decrease of $21 million in depreciation and amortization.
•Increase of $81 million in professional fees.
28
•Increase of $30 million in technology related costs.
| Interest Expense | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| $ | 365 | $ | 428 |
2022 / 2021 –
•Interest expense primarily included interest expense related to our senior notes and commitment fees incurred on our revolving credit facility less capitalized interest. The decrease in interest expense in fiscal 2022 was primarily due to the redemption of senior notes in fiscal 2022 and repayments of term loans and the redemption of the August 2021 Notes in fiscal 2021.
| Other (Income) Expense, net | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| $ | (87) | $ | (65) |
2022 – Included $58 million of foreign exchange losses, $52 million of production facilities fires insurance proceeds, $45 million of joint venture earnings and $37 million of gains on equity investments due to observable price changes in fiscal 2022.
2021 – Included $34 million from a defined benefit plan gain.
| Effective Tax Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | ||||
| 21.7 | % | 24.3 | % |
•Our effective income tax rate was 21.7% for fiscal 2022 compared to 24.3% for fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 effective tax rate includes a $36 million benefit from the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2022. The non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of our pet treats business unfavorably impacted the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 by 1.8%.
| Net Income Attributable to Tyson | in millions, except per share data | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Net income attributable to Tyson | $ | 3,238 | $ | 3,047 | ||
| Net income attributable to Tyson - per diluted share | 8.92 | 8.34 |
2022 – Included the following items:
•$114 million pretax, or $0.23 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
•$66 million pretax, or ($0.14) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$36 million post tax, or $0.10 per diluted share, from remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities at lower enacted state tax rates.
2021 – Included the following items:
•$626 million pretax, or ($1.31) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•$784 million pretax, or $1.40 per diluted share, related to the gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
•$34 million pretax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from a defined benefit plan gain.
•$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of production facilities fire costs, net of insurance proceeds.
•$27 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China.
29
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss), which is how we measure segment income (loss):
| in millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales | Operating Income (Loss) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||
| Beef | $ | 19,854 | $ | 17,999 | $ | 15,742 | $ | 2,502 | $ | 3,240 | $ | 1,580 | ||||||||||
| Pork | 6,414 | 6,277 | 5,128 | 193 | 328 | 565 | ||||||||||||||||
| Chicken | 16,961 | 13,733 | 13,234 | 955 | (625) | 122 | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepared Foods | 9,689 | 8,853 | 8,532 | 746 | 1,456 | 743 | ||||||||||||||||
| International/Other | 2,355 | 1,990 | 1,856 | 14 | (3) | (2) | ||||||||||||||||
| Intersegment Sales | (1,991) | (1,803) | (1,307) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 53,282 | $ | 47,049 | $ | 43,185 | $ | 4,410 | $ | 4,396 | $ | 3,008 |
| Beef Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 19,854 | $ | 17,999 | $ | 1,855 | $ | 15,742 | $ | 2,257 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 0.1 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 10.2 | % | 14.0 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 2,502 | $ | 3,240 | $ | (738) | $ | 1,580 | $ | 1,660 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 12.6 | % | 18.0 | % | 10.0 | % |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat in fiscal 2022.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as input costs such as live cattle, labor and freight and transportation costs increased and demand for our beef products remained strong in the first half of the fiscal year.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased as margins compressed from historically high levels, paired with continued increased operating costs as a result of inflationary market environment. Operating income benefited from a $71 million gain due to a settlement in fiscal 2022, compared to a $55 million gain from the recovery of cattle inventory in fiscal 2021, related to a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 benefited from $27 million of insurance proceeds related to a fire at a production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, partially offset by $16 million of restructuring and related charges.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat due to strong global demand, partially offset by the impacts associated with a challenging labor environment, severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and the additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as our input costs such as live cattle, labor and freight and transportation costs, increased and demand for our beef products remained strong.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased due to strong demand as we continued to optimize revenues relative to live cattle supply, partially offset by production inefficiencies due to labor challenges. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2021 was impacted by a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, which resulted in a $55 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory as compared to a $106 million loss recognized in fiscal 2020.
| Pork Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 6,414 | $ | 6,277 | $ | 137 | $ | 5,128 | $ | 1,149 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (1.9) | % | (2.7) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 4.1 | % | 25.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 193 | $ | 328 | $ | (135) | $ | 565 | $ | (237) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 3.0 | % | 5.2 | % | 11.0 | % |
30
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to reduced domestic availability of live hogs.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as input costs such as live hogs, labor, freight and transportation costs increased, partially offset by unfavorable mix associated with labor shortages.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased due to periods of compressed pork margins and increased operating costs as a result of the inflationary market environment. Additionally, volatile market conditions resulted in net derivative gains of $10 million in fiscal 2022 and net derivative losses of $90 million in fiscal 2021, which excludes the impacts of related physical purchase transactions.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased despite strong global demand in fiscal 2021 primarily due to the impacts of an additional week in fiscal 2020 and the impacts of lower hog supplies and a challenging labor environment in fiscal 2021.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as live hog costs increased and demand for our pork products remained strong.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased primarily due to lower hog supplies relative to industry capacity as well as production inefficiencies related to COVID-19 and a challenging labor environment, partially offset by a reduction in direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. Additionally, volatile market conditions resulted in net derivative losses of $90 million in fiscal 2021 and net derivative gains of $70 million in fiscal 2020, which were offset by the impacts of related physical purchase transactions.
| Chicken Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 16,961 | $ | 13,733 | $ | 3,228 | $ | 13,234 | $ | 499 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 0.7 | % | (3.3) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 18.1 | % | 11.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | 955 | $ | (625) | $ | 1,580 | $ | 122 | $ | (747) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 5.6 | % | (4.6) | % | 0.9 | % |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to improved domestic production partially offset by inventory growth and strategic initiative mix impacts.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased primarily due to the effects of pricing initiatives in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased in fiscal 2022 primarily due to higher average sales prices and increased sales volume, partially offset by the impacts of inflationary market conditions including increased supply chain and labor costs. Operating income in fiscal 2022 was impacted by $595 million of higher feed ingredient costs, offset by $195 million of net derivative gains as compared to $65 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2021. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 benefited from $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred related to a fire at a production facility. Operating income in fiscal 2021 was impacted by $626 million of losses from the recognition of legal contingency accruals and $23 million of expenses related to a fire at a production facility.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased from the impacts associated with a decline in hatch rate, a challenging labor environment, disruptions due to severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable sales mix and inflationary market conditions. The change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to a $626 million loss from the recognition of legal contingency accruals, $735 million of higher feed ingredient costs as compared to fiscal 2020, increased supply chain costs, $23 million of expenses related to a fire at a production facility, decline in hatch rate and disruptions due to severe weather, partially offset by favorable product mix, reduced direct incremental expense associated with COVID-19 and $65 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2021 as compared to $50 million of net derivative losses in fiscal 2020.
31
| Prepared Foods Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 9,689 | $ | 8,853 | $ | 836 | $ | 8,532 | $ | 321 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (4.1) | % | (5.4) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 13.5 | % | 9.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 746 | $ | 1,456 | $ | (710) | $ | 743 | $ | 713 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 7.7 | % | 16.4 | % | 8.7 | % |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased in fiscal 2022 due to the impacts of uneven foodservice recovery, the divestiture of our pet treats business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, increased pricing and a challenging supply environment impacting the first half of fiscal 2022.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to the effects of revenue management in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased in fiscal 2022 due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Higher average sales prices were offset by the impacts of inflationary market conditions, including $615 million of increased raw materials and other input costs in fiscal 2022 in addition to increased supply chain and labor costs. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2022 was impacted by $36 million of restructuring and related charges.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased driven by lower production throughput primarily associated with a challenging labor and supply environment, reduced foodservice demand in the first half of fiscal 2021 and the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable product mix and inflation-justified pricing.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business, lower commercial spend as well as favorable pricing and product mix. These impacts were partially offset by the impact of inflationary market conditions including a $520 million increase in raw material and other input costs during fiscal 2021, increased supply chain costs and a challenging labor environment.
| International/Other Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,355 | $ | 1,990 | $ | 365 | $ | 1,856 | $ | 134 | ||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | 14 | (3) | 17 | (2) | (1) |
2022 vs. 2021 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to volume growth and higher pricing in an inflationary cost environment.
•Operating Loss – Operating income increased primarily due to $27 million of charges incurred in 2021 related to the relocation of a production facility in China which did not recur in fiscal 2022, partially offset by the impacts of global inflationary market conditions.
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to increased pricing from favorable product mix.
•Operating Loss – Operating loss increased slightly due to a $27 million charge related to the relocation of a production facility in China, partially offset by improved results in our international operations in fiscal 2021.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
32
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Net income | $ | 3,249 | $ | 3,060 | ||
| Non-cash items in net income: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 1,202 | 1,214 | ||||
| Deferred income taxes | 264 | (125) | ||||
| Gain on disposition of business | — | (784) | ||||
| Impairment of assets | 34 | 60 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 93 | 91 | ||||
| Other, net | (51) | (57) | ||||
| Net changes in operating assets and liabilities | (2,104) | 381 | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,687 | $ | 3,840 |
•Gain on disposition of business related to the sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021. For further description, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
•The remaining decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was due to higher payments related to income taxes, legal accruals and deferred payroll tax liabilities under the CARES Act and an increase in inventory primarily due to increased finished inventory, partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable and higher earnings as a result of strong operations in fiscal 2022.
•In fiscal 2023, we anticipate a net cash outflow related to changes in our operating assets and liabilities as we grow our business in addition to inflationary market conditions.
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (1,887) | $ | (1,209) | ||
| (Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net | (1) | (2) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of businesses | — | 1,188 | ||||
| Acquisition of equity investments | (177) | (44) | ||||
| Other, net | 130 | 125 | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities | $ | (1,935) | $ | 58 |
•Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, acquiring new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•Approximately $2.4 billion will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at October 1, 2022.
•Capital spending for fiscal 2023 is expected to approximate $2.5 billion and will include spending for capacity expansion and utilization, automation to alleviate labor challenges and brand and product innovation.
•Proceeds from sale of businesses related to the proceeds received from sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021. For further description refer to Part II, Item 8, notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
•Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2022 included the purchase of 35% minority interest in a South American-based fully integrated poultry company.
•Other, net for fiscal 2022 primarily included insurance proceeds received related to fires at our production facilities, proceeds from the disposition of assets and changes in deposits for capital expenditures. Other, net for fiscal 2021 primarily included changes in deposits for capital expenditures.
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of debt | $ | 103 | $ | 585 | ||
| Payments on debt | (1,191) | (2,632) | ||||
| Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock | (702) | (67) | ||||
| Dividends | (653) | (636) | ||||
| Stock options exercised | 126 | 41 | ||||
| Other, net | (6) | (22) | ||||
| Net cash used for financing activities | $ | (2,323) | $ | (2,731) |
33
•During fiscal 2021, proceeds of $585 million from issuance of debt included $500 million of proceeds from the issuance of a term loan facility due March 2023.
•Payments on debt included:
•2022 – In March 2022, we extinguished the $1 billion outstanding balance of our senior notes due June 2022.
•2021 – During fiscal 2021, we extinguished the $1.5 billion outstanding balance of our term loan facility using proceeds received from the issuance of debt and cash on hand. On July 23, 2021, we redeemed the $500 million outstanding balance of the Senior Notes due August 2021 using cash on hand. On September 30, 2021, we used cash on hand to repay in full the $500 million term loan facility due March 2023.
•Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•$587 million of cash paid for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2022.
•$115 million and $67 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively.
•Dividends paid during fiscal 2022 included a 3% increase to our fiscal 2021 quarterly dividend rate.
| Liquidity | in millions | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commitments Expiration Date | Facility Amount | Outstanding Letters of Credit (no draw downs) | Amount Borrowed | Amount Available at October 1, 2022 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,031 | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility | September 2026 | $ | 2,250 | $ | — | $ | — | 2,250 | ||||||||
| Commercial Paper | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total liquidity | $ | 3,282 |
•Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and availability under our revolving credit facility, less outstanding commercial paper balance.
•At October 1, 2022, we had current debt of $459 million, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources.
•The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2022. Under the terms of the facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.
•We expect net interest expense will approximate $320 million for fiscal 2023.
•Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities (“current ratio”) was 1.8 to 1 and 1.6 to 1 at October 1, 2022, and October 2, 2021, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2022 was primarily due to increased accounts receivable and inventories and decreased current debt and legal contingency accruals, partially offset by decreased cash and cash equivalents and increased accounts payable.
•At October 1, 2022, $465 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate any excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program.
At October 1, 2022, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.25 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1.5 billion. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of October 1, 2022, we had no commercial paper outstanding under this program. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.
34
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At October 1, 2022, and October 2, 2021, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 1.3x and 1.2x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures.
Credit Ratings
Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is “BBB+.” Moody's applicable rating is “Baa2.” The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility (“Facility Fee Rate”) and letter of credit fees and borrowings (“All-in Borrowing Spread”) that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.
| Ratings Level (S&P/Moody’s) | Facility Fee Rate | All-in Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2/A or above | 0.700 | % | 0.875 | % |
| A3/A- | 0.090 | % | 1.000 | % |
| Baal/BBB+ (current level) | 0.100 | % | 1.125 | % |
| Baa2/BBB | 0.125 | % | 1.250 | % |
| Baa3/BBB or lower | 0.175 | % | 1.375 | % |
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at October 1, 2022 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $159 million at the end of fiscal 2022 as compared to an underfunded position of $215 million at the end of fiscal 2021. We contributed $13 million in fiscal 2022 and expect to contribute approximately $13 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2023. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding in fiscal 2023 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
35
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 1, 2022 (in millions):
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2024-2025 | 2026-2027 | 2028 and thereafter | Total | ||||||||||||||
| Debt principal payments (1) | $ | 467 | $ | 1,302 | $ | 2,166 | $ | 4,468 | $ | 8,403 | ||||||||
| Interest payments (2) | 364 | 646 | 545 | 3,014 | 4,569 | |||||||||||||
| Guarantees (3) | 3 | 36 | 16 | 26 | 81 | |||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations (4) | 154 | 213 | 107 | 53 | 527 | |||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations (5) | 342 | 364 | 115 | 109 | 930 | |||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures (6) | 1,724 | 679 | — | — | 2,403 | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (7) | — | — | — | — | 645 | |||||||||||||
| Total contractual commitments | $ | 3,054 | $ | 3,240 | $ | 2,949 | $ | 7,670 | $ | 17,558 |
(1)In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at October 1, 2022, and expected payment dates.
(3)Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)Amounts include agreements with a remaining term in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of October 1, 2022. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of October 1, 2022.
(7)Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. We are unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2022; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $205 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $130 million and related interest and penalties of $47 million at October 1, 2022, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at October 1, 2022, based on the estimated fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $290 million. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market conditions, we had no allowance for these programs' estimated credit losses at October 1, 2022.
36
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service out debt:
| in millions, except ratio data | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Net income | $ | 3,249 | $ | 3,060 | $ | 2,071 | ||||
| Less: Interest income | (17) | (8) | (10) | |||||||
| Add: Interest expense | 365 | 428 | 485 | |||||||
| Add: Income tax expense | 900 | 981 | 593 | |||||||
| Add: Depreciation | 945 | 934 | 900 | |||||||
| Add: Amortization (a) | 246 | 261 | 278 | |||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 5,688 | $ | 5,656 | $ | 4,317 | ||||
| Total gross debt | $ | 8,321 | $ | 9,348 | $ | 11,339 | ||||
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | (1,031) | (2,507) | (1,420) | |||||||
| Less: Short-term investments | (1) | — | — | |||||||
| Total net debt | $ | 7,289 | $ | 6,841 | $ | 9,919 | ||||
| Ratio Calculations: | ||||||||||
| Gross debt/EBITDA | 1.5x | 1.7x | 2.6x | |||||||
| Net debt/EBITDA | 1.3x | 1.2x | 2.3x | |||||||
| Return on invested capital (b) | 13.4 | % | 13.3 | % | 9.2 | % | ||||
| Total debt to capitalization (c) | 29.6 | % | 34.4 | % | 42.4 | % | ||||
| Book value per share (d) | $ | 55.04 | $ | 48.95 | $ | 42.25 |
(a)Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $11 million, $19 million, $14 million for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.
(b)Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income, calculated by applying the Company’s effective tax rate to operating income, by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c)For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d)Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
37
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $626 million of charges in fiscal 2021 from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.
38
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at October 1, 2022, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted to the United States but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Due to the complexity of some of these judgments and uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was $10 million in fiscal 2022. The projected benefit obligation was $183 million at the end of fiscal 2022. Unrecognized actuarial gain was $13 million at the end of fiscal 2022. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $6 million in fiscal 2023. We expect to contribute approximately $13 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2023. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
39
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at October 1, 2022, would not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at October 1, 2022, would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may be more likely than not less than its carrying amount or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business or a sustained decline in market capitalization or significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples. All of our material reporting units' estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination other than one Chicken segment reporting unit and two International reporting units.
40
One of our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill at October 1, 2022 of $0.6 billion. The reporting unit's projected operating margins included in the annual impairment test in fiscal 2022 averaged approximately 5%, which was consistent with the reporting unit's fiscal 2022 performance. Additionally, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 100 basis points at the date of the 2022 test, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of this reporting unit to approximate its fair value.
Our International reporting units, which are presented in International/Other for segment presentation, had goodwill at October 1, 2022 of $0.4 billion, which originated from acquisitions in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would increase as we continue to integrate recent acquisitions and implement our international growth strategy, as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those realized in the current fiscal year, two reporting units with goodwill totaling $0.2 billion at October 1, 2022 would have failed the quantitative step of the annual impairment test, which may have resulted in a goodwill impairment loss. We are still integrating the recent acquisitions and investing in our international and global business strategy, in addition to managing through the temporary impacts of COVID-19. The reporting units' projected long-term operating margins included in the annual impairment test in fiscal 2022 had to exceed an average of 4% to achieve breakeven results in the analysis. A hypothetical increase in the discount rates of approximately 50 basis points, with all other assumptions unchanged, at the date of the test would have caused the carrying values of the International reporting units to approximate their fair values.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data.
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to uncontrollable events and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and intangible assets during the last three years. During fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, all of our material reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets passed the impairment analysis.
Our impairment analysis contains inherent estimates and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions. The assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value require considerable judgement and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions. These assumptions can change in future periods as a result of overall economic conditions, including the impacts of inflationary pressures, increased interest and discount rates and global supply chain constraints, amongst others. As a result, there can be no assurance that estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of assessing impairments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Potential circumstances that could have a negative effect on the fair value of our reporting units include, but are not limited to, lower than forecasted growth rates or operating margins and changes in discount rates. A reduction in the estimated fair value of the reporting units could trigger an impairment in the future. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances that might adversely affect the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite lived assets.
All of our material reporting units’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value determination, other than one Chicken segment reporting unit and two International reporting units. Consequently, we do not currently consider any of our other material reporting units at significant risk of impairment.
Our fiscal 2022, 2021, and 2020 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge. All indefinite life intangible assets’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value determination. Consequently, we do not currently consider any of our material indefinite life intangible assets at significant risk of impairment.
We evaluated the changing macro-economic conditions that occurred in the fourth quarter subsequent to the date of our annual impairment assessment, including inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, demand outlook and export markets as well as the Company’s decreased market capitalization. Based on this evaluation, we did not identify additional risk of our goodwill reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets in which estimated fair value did not exceed their carrying value by more than 20% as of October 1, 2022, other than the one Chicken segment reporting unit and two International reporting units previously described.
41
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded impairment charges related to long-lived assets of $34 million, $60 million and $48 million, in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. We had no material business combinations during fiscal 2022.
42
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000100493-21-000122.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management's perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are one of the world’s largest food companies and a recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown under three generations of family leadership, the Company has a broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair®.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
COVID-19
We continue to monitor and respond to the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact to our global business. In addition to our ongoing internal COVID-19 task force formed for the primary purposes of maintaining the health and safety of our team members, ensuring our ability to operate our processing facilities and maintaining the liquidity of our business, we have expanded our medical team with the addition of a Chief Medical Officer during fiscal 2021. We have experienced and continue to experience multiple challenges related to the pandemic. These challenges increased our operating costs during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021. Operationally, we experienced slowdowns and temporary idling of production facilities due to team member absenteeism and choices we made to ensure team member health and safety. Each of our segments experienced a shift in demand from foodservice to retail during 2020 and have seen varying levels of foodservice recovery and the return of volumes during fiscal 2021. The long-term impact of COVID-19 remains uncertain and will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, COVID-19 variants and resurgences, and related actions taken by federal, state and local government officials to prevent and manage disease spread, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. Additionally, we continue to assess the potential of more permanent impacts to our businesses.
Team Members
The health and safety of our team members is our top priority. To protect our team members, we implement safety measures recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) in our facilities and coordinate with other health officials as appropriate. In addition to hiring a Chief Medical Officer, we have added 200 nurse and administrative support staff positions and developed an “always-on” testing strategy rooted in contact tracing. In August 2021, we announced all domestic team members were required to be fully vaccinated by November 1, 2021.
Customers and Production
Our most significant impacts from COVID-19 relate to channel shifts and lower production. We are committed to doing our best to ensure the continuity of our business and the availability of our products to customers. Our production capabilities, including our large scale and geographic proximities, allow us to adapt some of our facilities to the changing demand. In addition, our production facilities experienced varying levels of production impacts, including reduced volumes, due to the implementation of additional worker health precautions and worker absenteeism.
Supply Chain
Our supply chain has stayed largely intact as we have built contingency plans for redundant supply for our production facilities as well as our external suppliers. We have been able to leverage our extensive distribution network and large private transportation fleet to help mitigate the impacts of COVID-19. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience volatility in commodity inputs, which has impacted our input costs, in part due to impacts caused by COVID-19. Since we also export globally, container availability and port capacities have been among the challenges in meeting the global demand for our products.
Insurance and CARES Act
Although we maintain insurance policies for various risks, we do not believe most COVID-19 impacts will be covered by our policies. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of the employer portion of social security payments, and a number of income tax provisions. The provisions related to income tax will not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
24
Overall Financial Condition
We continue to proactively manage the Company and its operations through the pandemic. The major challenge we face is the availability of team members to operate our production facilities due to our production facilities experiencing varying levels of absenteeism and due to labor shortages associated with the economic impact of the pandemic. We will continue to operate our production facilities with team member health and safety as a top priority. However, we cannot predict the ultimate impact that COVID-19 will have on our short- and long-term demand at this time, as it will depend on, among other things, the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. We generated $3.8 billion of operating cash flows during fiscal 2021. At October 2, 2021, we had $4.8 billion of liquidity, which included availability under our revolving credit facility and $2.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents. We have $1.1 billion of current debt. Combined with the cash expected to be generated from the Company’s operations, we anticipate that we will maintain sufficient liquidity to operate our business, make capital expenditures, pay dividends and address other needs including our ability to meet maturing debt obligations.
Fiscal year
Our accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for both fiscal 2021 and 2019 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2020.
General
Sales grew 9% in fiscal 2021 over fiscal 2020 to $47.0 billion, primarily due to increased average sales prices in each of our segments, partially offset by the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020. Fiscal 2021 operating income increased compared to fiscal 2020, as strong Beef results and the gain on the sale of our pet treats business were partially offset by a decline in operating income in the Chicken and Pork segments. In fiscal 2021, our results were impacted by $626 million of charges related to legal contingency accruals, $27 million of charges related to the relocation of a production facility in China, $17 million of production facilities fire costs, net of insurance proceeds and a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business. In fiscal 2020, our results were impacted by $77 million of restructuring and related charges offset by the positive impact of the additional week.
During fiscal 2021, we incurred direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 totaling approximately $335 million, which were recorded in Cost of Sales in our Consolidated Statements of Income. During fiscal 2020, we incurred direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 totaling approximately $540 million, of which approximately $500 million and $40 million were recorded in Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative, respectively, in our Consolidated Statements of Income. These COVID-19 direct incremental expenses in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 primarily included team member costs associated with worker health and availability and production facility downtime, including direct costs for personal protection equipment, production facility sanitization, COVID-19 testing and vaccinations, donations, product downgrades, rendered product, certain professional fees and $114 million of thank you bonuses to frontline team members in fiscal 2020, which was partially offset by the CARES Act credits. Due to the nature of these direct incremental COVID-19 expenses, our segments were primarily impacted based on their relative number of team members, absenteeism and the degree of production disruptions they have experienced, and thus, our Beef and Chicken segments incurred a greater proportion of the total costs. These direct incremental COVID-19 related costs exclude market related impacts that may have been driven in part by COVID-19, including such items as derivatives, deferred compensation investments and other market driven impacts to margin and demand. Other indirect costs associated with COVID-19 are not reflected in these amounts, including costs associated with raw materials, distribution and transportation, plant underutilization and reconfiguration, premiums paid to cattle producers, and pricing discounts.
Market Environment
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) was relatively flat in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. We continue to monitor trade and tariff activity as well as COVID-19 and its potential impacts to exports and input costs across all of our segments. Additionally, all segments experienced increased operating costs in fiscal 2021. We will pursue recovery of these increased costs through pricing. The Beef segment experienced strong global demand and ample supply of market-ready cattle. The Pork segment experienced strong demand and lower hog supplies. The Chicken segment experienced strong demand relative to supply. The Prepared Foods segment experienced growth, but faced increased costs partially due to the impact of an inflationary environment and challenging labor and supply conditions during fiscal 2021.
Margins
Our total operating margin was 9.3% in fiscal 2021. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•Beef – 18.0%
•Pork – 5.2%
•Chicken – (4.6)%
•Prepared Foods – 16.4%
25
Strategy
Our strategy is to sustainably feed the world with the fastest growing protein brands. We intend to achieve our strategy as we: grow
our business by delivering superior value to consumers and customers; deliver fuel for growth and returns through commercial,
operational and financial excellence; and sustain our Company and our world for future generations.
•In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we initiated a plan to sell our pet treats business, which is included in our Prepared Foods segment. In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the business for $1.2 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments. The business had a net carrying value of approximately $411 million as of July 6, 2021, which included approximately $44 million of working capital consisting of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable, $17 million of property, plant and equipment and $350 million of goodwill. The transaction closed on July 6, 2021, and we recognized a gain of $784 million from the sale of this business, which is reflected in cost of sales in our Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal 2021.
•Beginning in fiscal 2022, we are launching a new productivity program, which is designed to drive a better, faster and more agile organization that is supported by a culture of continuous improvement and faster decision making. We are targeting $1 billion in productivity savings by fiscal 2024, relative to a fiscal 2021 cost baseline. The execution of this program will be supported by a program management office that will ensure delivery of key project milestones and report on savings achievements connected with the three pillars of the program. The first pillar is operational and functional excellence, which includes functional efficiency efforts in Finance, HR and Procurement focused on applying best practices to reduce costs. The second pillar is the use of new digital solutions like artificial intelligence and predictive analytics to drive efficiency in operations, supply chain planning, logistics and warehousing. The third pillar is automation, which will leverage automation and robotics technologies to automate difficult and higher turnover positions. At this time, we do not anticipate costs associated with this program to be material.
| in millions, except per share data | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Net income attributable to Tyson | $ | 3,047 | $ | 2,061 | ||
| Net income attributable to Tyson - per diluted share | 8.34 | 5.64 |
2021 – Included the following items:
•$626 million pretax, or ($1.31) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•$784 million pretax, or $1.40 per diluted share, related to the gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
•$34 million pretax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from a defined benefit plan gain.
•$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of production facilities fire costs, net of insurance proceeds.
•$27 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China.
2020 – Included the following items:
•$75 million pretax, or ($0.16) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•$65 million pretax, or $0.14 per diluted share, related to the additional week in fiscal 2020.
•$116 million pretax, or $0.24 per diluted share, due to gain from pension plan terminations.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
| Sales | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| Sales | $ | 47,049 | $ | 43,185 | $ | 42,405 | ||||
| Change in sales volume | (2.8) | % | 0.7 | % | ||||||
| Change in average sales price | 13.0 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||
| Sales growth | 8.9 | % | 1.8 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume across each of our segments, which accounted for a decrease of $1,190 million, due in part to the impacts of a challenging labor environment as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $5,599 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily attributable to favorable product mix and the pass through of increased raw material costs.
•The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
26
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by an increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of $278 million primarily due to incremental volumes from business acquisitions as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020, partially offset by decreased volumes in each of our segments in fiscal 2020 due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19.
•Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $502 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily attributable to favorable product mix related to robust demand in the retail channel across all of our segments and beef and pork demand remaining strong amid supply disruptions related to COVID-19, partially offset by approximately $45 million of incremental discounted sales in the Prepared Foods segment.
| Cost of Sales | in millions | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 40,523 | $ | 37,801 | $ | 37,383 | |||
| Gross profit | 6,526 | 5,384 | |||||||
| Cost of sales as a percentage of sales | 86.1 | % | 87.5 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Cost of sales increased $2,722 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales $1,041 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $3,763 million.
•The $3,763 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase in live hog costs of approximately $980 million in our Pork segment.
•Increase of approximately $945 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredient costs, growout expenses and outside meat purchases.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $520 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in freight and transportation costs of approximately $315 million.
•Increase of approximately $81 million in our Chicken segment related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $160 million in our Beef segment.
•Decrease due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
•Decrease of $165 million due to reduction in direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19, primarily related to the payment of $114 million in thank you bonuses during fiscal 2020.
•Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments was primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes, as well as, production inefficiencies, increased labor costs due in part to the impacts associated with a challenging labor environment and COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020.
•The $1,041 million impact of lower sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volume in each of our segments in fiscal 2021 due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 and a challenging labor environment as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Cost of sales increased $418 million. This included a net increase of $667 million primarily related to the impact of results from acquisitions and divestitures.
•For the remaining $249 million decrease, higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $393 million, offset by lower sales volume, which decreased cost of sales $642 million.
•The $393 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•Increase across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes as well as production inefficiencies due in part to the impact of COVID-19 in fiscal 2020.
•Increase of approximately $500 million of direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19.
•Increase of approximately $80 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredient costs, growout expenses and outside meat purchases.
•Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $90 million as well as an increase in inventory write downs of approximately $15 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•Increase in incentive-based compensation of approximately $70 million.
•Decrease in live cattle costs of approximately $530 million in our Beef segment.
27
•Decrease in live hog costs of approximately $255 million in our Pork segment.
•The $642 million impact of lower sales volume, excluding the impact of acquisitions, was primarily driven by decreased sales volume in each of our segments due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 in the back half of fiscal 2020 as well as a reduction in live cattle processing capacity from the temporary closure of a production facility in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 as a result of a fire, partially offset by the impact of the additional week in fiscal 2020.
| Selling, General and Administrative | in millions | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | $ | 2,130 | $ | 2,376 | $ | 2,252 | ||||
| As a percentage of sales | 4.5 | % | 5.5 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Decrease of $246 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Decrease of $161 million from the change in the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, resulting from a $55 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory in the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021 as compared to a $106 million loss recognized in the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020.
•Decrease of $60 million from restructuring and related charges incurred in fiscal 2020.
•Decrease of $56 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $27 million in donations.
•Decrease of $24 million in commission and brokerage fees.
•Decrease of $21 million in depreciation and amortization.
•Increase of $81 million in professional fees.
•Increase of $30 million in technology related costs.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Increase of $124 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•Increase of $83 million in employee costs primarily from incentive-based compensation and the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2020.
•Increase of $56 million from fiscal 2019 acquisitions not owned by us for all of fiscal 2019.
•Increase of $49 million from the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds.
•Increase of $40 million from direct incremental expenses associated with COVID-19.
•Increase of $35 million from technology related costs.
•Decrease of $55 million in professional fees and merger and integration costs.
•Decrease of $49 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•Decrease of $26 million in travel and entertainment expenses.
| Interest Expense | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Cash interest expense | $ | 448 | $ | 497 | ||
| Non-cash interest (expense) income | (20) | (12) | ||||
| Total Interest Expense | $ | 428 | $ | 485 |
2021 / 2020 –
•Cash interest expense primarily included interest expense related to our senior notes and term loans, in addition to commitment fees incurred on our revolving credit facility. The decrease in cash interest expense in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to the change in outstanding commercial paper, decrease in average amount outstanding under the term loans in fiscal 2021, redemption of the August 2021 Notes as well as the settlement of the 2020 notes during fiscal 2020.
| Other (Income) Expense, net | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| $ | (65) | $ | (131) |
2021 – Included $34 million from a defined benefit plan gain.
2020 – Included $116 million of gains related to pension plan terminations.
28
| Effective Tax Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||
| 24.3 | % | 22.3 | % |
•Our effective income tax rate was 24.3% for fiscal 2021 compared to 22.3% for fiscal 2020. State taxes increased the effective tax rate by 3.3% and 2.9% for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. The non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of our pet treats business unfavorably impacted the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 by 1.8%, and the tax benefit from the foreign-derived intangible income deduction decreased the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 by 1.1%.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 18: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss), which is how we measure segment income (loss):
| in millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales | Operating Income (Loss) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||||
| Beef | $ | 17,999 | $ | 15,742 | $ | 15,828 | $ | 3,240 | $ | 1,580 | $ | 1,050 | ||||||||||
| Pork | 6,277 | 5,128 | 4,932 | 328 | 565 | 263 | ||||||||||||||||
| Chicken | 13,733 | 13,234 | 13,300 | (625) | 122 | 621 | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepared Foods | 8,853 | 8,532 | 8,418 | 1,456 | 743 | 843 | ||||||||||||||||
| International/Other | 1,990 | 1,856 | 1,289 | (3) | (2) | (7) | ||||||||||||||||
| Intersegment Sales | (1,803) | (1,307) | (1,362) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 47,049 | $ | 43,185 | $ | 42,405 | $ | 4,396 | $ | 3,008 | $ | 2,770 |
| Beef Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | 2019 | Change 2020 vs. 2019 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 17,999 | $ | 15,742 | $ | 2,257 | $ | 15,828 | $ | (86) | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | 0.3 | % | (4.5) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 14.0 | % | 4.0 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 3,240 | $ | 1,580 | $ | 1,660 | $ | 1,050 | $ | 530 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 18.0 | % | 10.0 | % | 6.6 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat due to strong global demand, partially offset by the impacts associated with a challenging labor environment, severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and the additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as our input costs such as live cattle, labor and freight and transportation costs, increased and demand for our beef products remained strong.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased due to strong demand as we continued to optimize revenues relative to live cattle supply, partially offset by production inefficiencies due to labor challenges. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 2021 was impacted by a cattle supplier's misappropriation of Company funds, which resulted in a $55 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory as compared to a $106 million loss recognized in fiscal 2020.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased primarily due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 during portions of fiscal 2020 and a reduction in live cattle harvest capacity as a result of a fire that caused the temporary closure of a production facility for the majority of the first quarter of fiscal 2020, partially offset by the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as beef demand remained strong amid supply disruptions related to the impact of COVID-19.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to market conditions, including COVID-19 disruptions, which increased the spread between preexisting contractual agreements and the cost of fed cattle, partially offset by price reductions offered to customers, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19. Additionally, results were impacted by losses of $106 million and $57 million in fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively, from a cattle supplier's misappropriate of Company funds.
29
| Pork Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | 2019 | Change 2020 vs. 2019 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 6,277 | $ | 5,128 | $ | 1,149 | $ | 4,932 | $ | 196 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (2.7) | % | 1.8 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 25.1 | % | 2.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 328 | $ | 565 | $ | (237) | $ | 263 | $ | 302 | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 5.2 | % | 11.0 | % | 5.3 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased despite strong global demand in fiscal 2021 primarily due to the impacts of an additional week in fiscal 2020 and the impacts of lower hog supplies and a challenging labor environment in fiscal 2021.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as live hog costs increased and demand for our pork products remained strong.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased primarily due to lower hog supplies relative to industry capacity as well as production inefficiencies related to COVID-19 and a challenging labor environment, partially offset by a reduction in direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. Additionally, volatile market conditions resulted in net derivative losses of $90 million in fiscal 2021 and net derivative gains of $70 million in fiscal 2020, which were offset by the impacts of related physical purchase transactions.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to the impact of the additional week, partially offset by lower production throughput associated with COVID-19 during portions of fiscal 2020 despite strong demand for our pork products and increased domestic availability of live hogs.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as pork demand remained strong amid supply disruptions related to the impact of COVID-19.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to market conditions, including COVID-19 disruptions, which increased the spread between preexisting contractual agreements and the cost of live hogs, partially offset by production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19.
| Chicken Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | 2019 | Change 2020 vs. 2019 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 13,733 | $ | 13,234 | $ | 499 | $ | 13,300 | $ | (66) | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (3.3) | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 11.2 | % | (0.6) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income (Loss) | $ | (625) | $ | 122 | $ | (747) | $ | 621 | $ | (499) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | (4.6) | % | 0.9 | % | 4.7 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased from the impacts associated with a decline in hatch rate, a challenging labor environment, disruptions due to severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable sales mix and inflationary market conditions. The change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to a $626 million loss from the recognition of legal contingency accruals, $735 million of higher feed ingredient costs as compared to fiscal 2020, increased supply chain costs, $23 million of expenses related to a fire at a production facility, decline in hatch rate and disruptions due to severe weather, partially offset by favorable product mix, reduced direct incremental expense associated with COVID-19 and $65 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2021 as compared to $50 million of net derivative losses in fiscal 2020.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat in fiscal 2020 as the impact of the additional week and increased volumes in retail were offset by lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 and lower foodservice demand.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased in fiscal 2020 primarily due to weaker chicken pricing as a result of market conditions.
•Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased in fiscal 2020 primarily from market conditions, unfavorable product mix, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19. Operating income was also impacted by $34 million in restructuring costs incurred in fiscal 2020.
30
| Prepared Foods Segment Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | 2019 | Change 2020 vs. 2019 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 8,853 | $ | 8,532 | $ | 321 | $ | 8,418 | $ | 114 | ||||||||
| Sales Volume Change | (5.4) | % | (1.9) | % | ||||||||||||||
| Average Sales Price Change | 9.2 | % | 3.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Income | $ | 1,456 | $ | 743 | $ | 713 | $ | 843 | $ | (100) | ||||||||
| Operating Margin | 16.4 | % | 8.7 | % | 10.0 | % |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased driven by lower production throughput primarily associated with a challenging labor and supply environment, reduced foodservice demand in the first half of fiscal 2021 and the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable product mix and inflation-justified pricing.
•Operating Income – Operating income increased due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business, lower commercial spend as well as favorable pricing and product mix. These impacts were partially offset by the impact of inflationary market conditions including a $520 million increase in raw material and other input costs during fiscal 2021, increased supply chain costs and a challenging labor environment.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as growth in volume across the retail channel was offset by a reduction in the foodservice channel related to reduced demand and lower production throughput due to the impact of COVID-19, partially offset by the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.
•Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable product mix associated with the surge in retail demand, as well as the pass through of increased raw material costs.
•Operating Income – Operating income decreased primarily due to increased operating costs, including a $105 million increase in net raw material costs and derivative losses, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19. Additionally, operating income was impacted by $28 million in restructuring costs.
| International/Other Results | in millions | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | 2019 | Change 2020 vs. 2019 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 1,990 | $ | 1,856 | $ | 134 | $ | 1,289 | $ | 567 | ||||||||
| Operating Loss | (3) | (2) | (1) | (7) | 5 |
2021 vs. 2020 –
•Sales – Sales increased due to increased pricing from favorable product mix.
•Operating Loss – Operating loss increased slightly due to a $27 million charge related to the relocation of a production facility in China, partially offset by improved results in our international operations in fiscal 2021.
2020 vs. 2019 –
•Sales – Sales increased primarily from the incremental sales from the the first full year of results from the acquisitions of Keystone Foods and the Thai and European operations.
•Operating Loss – Operating results improved due to lower third-party merger and integration costs partially offset by reduced profitability in our international operations primarily from the impacts of COVID-19.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities, or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
31
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Net income | $ | 3,060 | $ | 2,071 | ||
| Non-cash items in net income: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 1,214 | 1,192 | ||||
| Deferred income taxes | (125) | 18 | ||||
| Gain on disposition of business | (784) | — | ||||
| Impairment of assets | 60 | 48 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 91 | 89 | ||||
| Other, net | (57) | (124) | ||||
| Net changes in operating assets and liabilities | 381 | 580 | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 3,840 | $ | 3,874 |
•Gain on disposition of business related to the sale of our pet treats business. For further description, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
•Other, net included a $34 million defined benefit plan gain in fiscal 2021 and a $112 million gain related to pension plan terminations in fiscal 2020.
•Cash flows associated with changes in operating assets and liabilities:
•2021 – Decreased primarily from increased accounts receivable, accrued salaries, wages and benefits and inventories, offset by increased accounts payable, taxes payable and legal accruals. The increase in accounts receivable is largely due to the increase in sales. The increase in accrued salaries, wages and benefits is primarily due to increased incentive-based compensation. The increase in inventories is primarily due to increased livestock, raw material and grain costs. The increase in accounts payable is largely due to increased input costs as well as the timing of payments. The increase in taxes payable is driven by the timing of payments primarily related to the gain from the sale of our pet treats business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. The increase in legal accruals is due primarily to legal contingencies recorded during fiscal 2021.
•2020 – Increased primarily due to decreased accounts receivable, decreased inventories, increased accrued salaries, wages & benefits, and increased taxes payable, partially offset by decreased accounts payable. The changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable are largely due to the timing of payments and sales. The decrease in inventories is primarily due to decreased inventory volumes in the Prepared Foods segment. The increase in accrued salaries, wages and benefits is primarily due to increased incentive-based compensation. The increase in taxes payable is primarily related to timing of payments, in large part due to payroll tax deferrals associated with the CARES Act.
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (1,209) | $ | (1,199) | ||
| (Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net | (2) | (18) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of businesses | 1,188 | 29 | ||||
| Acquisitions of Equity Investments | (44) | (183) | ||||
| Other, net | 125 | (52) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities | $ | 58 | $ | (1,423) |
•Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, in addition to acquiring new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•Capital spending for fiscal 2022 is expected to approximate $2 billion and will include spending for capacity expansion and utilization, automation to alleviate labor challenges and brand and product innovation.
•Purchases of marketable securities included funding for our deferred compensation plans.
•Proceeds from sale of businesses related to the proceeds received from sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021 and the sale of a prepared foods business in fiscal 2020. For further description refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
•Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2021 related to the purchase of a 49% minority interest in a Malaysian producer of feed and poultry products, and for fiscal 2020, included the purchase of a 40% interest in a vertically integrated Brazilian poultry producer and a 50% interest in a joint venture serving the worldwide fats and oils market.
•Other, net for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 primarily included changes in deposits for capital expenditures and for fiscal 2021, the receipt of $69 million related to split-dollar life insurance proceeds.
32
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities | in millions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of debt | $ | 585 | $ | 1,609 | ||
| Payments on debt | (2,632) | (1,212) | ||||
| Borrowings on revolving credit facility | — | 1,210 | ||||
| Payments on revolving credit facility | — | (1,280) | ||||
| Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper | — | 14,272 | ||||
| Repayments of commercial paper | — | (15,271) | ||||
| Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock | (67) | (207) | ||||
| Dividends | (636) | (601) | ||||
| Stock options exercised | 41 | 30 | ||||
| Other, net | (22) | (18) | ||||
| Net cash used for financing activities | $ | (2,731) | $ | (1,468) |
•Proceeds from issuance of debt and borrowings/payments on revolving credit facility:
•2021 – During fiscal 2021, proceeds of $585 million from issuance of debt included $500 million of proceeds from the issuance of a term loan facility due March 2023.
•2020 – On March 27, 2020, we executed a new $1.5 billion term loan facility to repay our commercial paper, repay outstanding balances under our revolving credit facility and for general liquidity purposes.
•Payments on debt included:
•2021 – In February 2021, we repaid $750 million of the $1.5 billion outstanding under our revolving credit facility. On March 22, 2021, we executed a new $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. The Company used the proceeds of the new term loan, together with $250 million in cash on hand, to repay in full the remaining $750 million outstanding under the Company's existing $1.5 billion term loan facility due March 2022. On September 30, 2021, the Company used cash on hand to repay in full the $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. On July 23, 2021, we redeemed the $500 million outstanding balance of the Senior Notes due August 2021 using cash on hand.
•2020 – We extinguished the $350 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due June 2020, the $400 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due August 2020 and the $278 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due September 2020 using cash on hand.
•Proceeds from issuance and repayment of short-term debt in the form of commercial paper:
•2020 – We had net repayments of $999 million to our unsecured short-term promissory notes ("commercial paper") pursuant to our commercial paper program.
•Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•$150 million for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2020.
•$67 million and $57 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively.
•Dividends paid during fiscal 2021 included a 6% increase to our fiscal 2020 quarterly dividend rate.
| Liquidity | in millions | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commitments Expiration Date | Facility Amount | Outstanding Letters of Credit (no draw downs) | Amount Borrowed | Amount Available at October 2, 2021 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 2,507 | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | — | |||||||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility | September 2026 | $ | 2,250 | $ | — | $ | — | 2,250 | ||||||||
| Commercial Paper | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total liquidity | $ | 4,757 |
•Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and availability under our revolving credit facility, less outstanding commercial paper balance.
•At October 2, 2021, we had current debt and accrued legal contingencies of $1,067 million and $567 million, respectively, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources.
•The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2021. Under the terms of the facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.
•We expect net interest expense will approximate $380 million for fiscal 2022.
33
•Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities ("current ratio") was 1.6 to 1 and 1.8 to 1 at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to increased accounts payable, current debt and legal contingency accruals, partially offset by increased cash, accounts receivable and inventories.
•At October 2, 2021, $464 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program.
At October 2, 2021, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.25 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1 billion. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of October 2, 2021, we had no commercial paper outstanding under this program. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 1.2x and 2.3x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures.
Credit Ratings
Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is "BBB+." Moody's applicable rating is "Baa2." The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility ("Facility Fee Rate") and letter of credit fees and borrowings ("All-in Borrowing Spread") that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.
| Ratings Level (S&P/Moody's) | Facility Fee Rate | All-in Borrowing Spread | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A-/A3/A- or above | 0.090 | % | 1.000 | % |
| BBB+/Baa1/BBB+ | 0.100 | % | 1.125 | % |
| BBB/Baa2/BBB (current level) | 0.125 | % | 1.250 | % |
| BBB-/Baa3/BBB- | 0.175 | % | 1.375 | % |
| BB+/Ba1/BB+ or lower | 0.225 | % | 1.625 | % |
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at October 2, 2021 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
34
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 16: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $215 million at the end of fiscal 2021 as compared to an underfunded position of $234 million at the end of fiscal 2020. We expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2022 as compared to approximately $15 million in fiscal 2021. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding in fiscal 2022 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 2, 2021 (in millions):
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2023-2024 | 2025-2026 | 2027 and thereafter | Total | ||||||||||||||
| Debt principal payments (1) | $ | 1,069 | $ | 1,719 | $ | 828 | $ | 5,824 | $ | 9,440 | ||||||||
| Interest payments (2) | 409 | 712 | 580 | 3,277 | 4,978 | |||||||||||||
| Guarantees (3) | 24 | 15 | 34 | 26 | 99 | |||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations (4) | 162 | 214 | 116 | 61 | 553 | |||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations (5) | 2,455 | 455 | 201 | 124 | 3,235 | |||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures (6) | 1,610 | 727 | — | — | 2,337 | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (7) | — | — | — | — | 817 | |||||||||||||
| Total contractual commitments | $ | 5,729 | $ | 3,842 | $ | 1,759 | $ | 9,312 | $ | 21,459 |
(1)In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at October 2, 2021, and expected payment dates.
(3)Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)Amounts include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of October 2, 2021. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of October 2, 2021.
(7)Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. Amount also consists of $134 million of payroll tax deferrals associated with the CARES Act, which we expect will be paid in fiscal 2023. We are unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2021; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $285 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 16: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $135 million and related interest and penalties of $49 million at October 2, 2021, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at October 2, 2021, based on the estimated fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $305 million. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market conditions, we had no allowance for these programs' estimated uncollectible receivables at October 2, 2021.
35
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service out debt:
| in millions, except ratio data | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| Net income | $ | 3,060 | $ | 2,071 | $ | 1,993 | ||||
| Less: Interest income | (8) | (10) | (11) | |||||||
| Add: Interest expense | 428 | 485 | 462 | |||||||
| Add: Income tax expense | 981 | 593 | 381 | |||||||
| Add: Depreciation | 934 | 900 | 819 | |||||||
| Add: Amortization (a) | 261 | 278 | 267 | |||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 5,656 | $ | 4,317 | $ | 3,911 | ||||
| Total gross debt | $ | 9,348 | $ | 11,339 | $ | 11,932 | ||||
| Less: Cash and cash equivalents | (2,507) | (1,420) | (484) | |||||||
| Less: Short-term investments | — | — | (1) | |||||||
| Total net debt | $ | 6,841 | $ | 9,919 | $ | 11,447 | ||||
| Ratio Calculations: | ||||||||||
| Gross debt/EBITDA | 1.7x | 2.6x | 3.1x | |||||||
| Net debt/EBITDA | 1.2x | 2.3x | 2.9x | |||||||
| Return on invested capital (b) | 13.3 | % | 9.2 | % | 9.7 | % | ||||
| Total debt to capitalization (c) | 34.4 | % | 42.4 | % | 45.8 | % | ||||
| Book value per share (d) | $ | 48.95 | $ | 42.25 | $ | 38.59 |
(a)Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $19 million, $14 million, $12 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.
(b)Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income, calculated by applying the Company's effective tax rate to operating income, by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c)For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d)Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
36
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We have considered the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our consolidated financial statements. In addition to the COVID-19 impacts we have already experienced, and continue to experience, there are likely to be future impacts, the ultimate extent of which is uncertain and largely subject to whether the severity worsens or duration lengthens. These impacts could include but may not be limited to risks and uncertainty related to worker availability, our ability to operate production facilities, demand-driven production facility closures, shifts in demand between sales channels and market volatility in our supply chain. Consequently, this may subject us to future risk of material goodwill, intangible and long-lived asset impairments, increased reserves for uncollectible accounts, and adjustments for inventory and market volatility for items subject to fair value measurements such as derivatives and investments. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $626 million of charges in fiscal 2021 from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
37
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at October 2, 2021, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted to the United States but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances. However, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was $11 million in fiscal 2021. The projected benefit obligation was $248 million at the end of fiscal 2021. Unrecognized actuarial loss was $40 million at the end of fiscal 2021. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $10 million in fiscal 2022. We expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2022. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
38
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at October 2, 2021, would not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at October 2, 2021, would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may be more likely than not less than its carrying amount or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business or a sustained decline in market capitalization.
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples.
39
Our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill at October 2, 2021 of $3.3 billion. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those realized in the current fiscal year, we would have failed the quantitative step of the annual impairment test, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss. The current year results were not indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to a decline in hatch rate, a challenging labor environment and market disruptions, which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. To pass the first step of the annual impairment test in fiscal 2021, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to exceed approximately 3.1% on a weighted average basis, which has been achieved in eight of the previous ten years. An increase in the discount rates of approximately 130 basis points on a weighted average basis would have caused the carrying values of our material Chicken reporting units to exceed their discounted cash flows' fair values.
Our International reporting units, which are presented in International/Other for segment presentation, had goodwill at October 2, 2021 of $0.4 billion, which originated from acquisitions in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would increase as we continue to integrate recent acquisitions and implement our international growth strategy, as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those realized in the current fiscal year, reporting units with goodwill totaling $0.2 billion at October 2, 2021 would have failed the quantitative step of the annual impairment test, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss. We are still integrating the recent acquisitions and executing our international and global business strategy, in addition to managing through the temporary impacts of COVID-19. To pass the first step of the annual impairment test in fiscal 2021, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to exceed 2%. An increase in the discount rates of approximately 50 basis points would have caused the carrying values of the International reporting units to exceed their discounted cash flows' fair values.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data.
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to uncontrollable events that could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating conditions.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and intangible assets during the last three years. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, all of our material reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets passed the impairment analysis.
Some of the inherent estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets are outside the control of management, including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangibles, it is possible a material change could occur. If our actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate fair value, it could result in material impairments of our goodwill.
All of our material reporting units’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value determination, other than the Chicken segment and International reporting units. Consequently, we do not currently consider any of our other material reporting units at significant risk of impairment.
Our fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge. All indefinite life intangible assets’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value determination. Consequently, we do not currently consider any of our material indefinite life intangible assets at significant risk of impairment.
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded impairment charges related to long-lived assets and definite life intangibles of $60 million, $48 million and $94 million, in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
40
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. We had no material business combinations during fiscal 2021.